Home

SYSMAC CS/CJ/CP Series SYSMAC One NSJ Series

1. L o i oaa x10 x10 W E BankNo x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x E o uw E 1 Unit No BCD Header Bank No Beginning word Write data 1 word FCS Terminator code See note 0000 to 9999 Write data for number of words to write Note Input 00 to OC to specify bank number O to C Input two spaces to specify the current bank Response Format Q x 10 x 10 W E PI er E d Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Limitations The range that can be designated is E0000 to E9999 A single bank of EM consists of E00000 to E32767 but the range that can be written by this com mand is E00000 to E09999 The maximum EM bank number that can be specified is 12 OC Hex Execution Conditions Commands Responses PLCMode UMAma Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK OK OK No No OK x OK amp End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect or the first word of write data is not in the first frame An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified write data exceeds the data area boundary the beginning word is not speci fied in BCD or the write data is not hexadecimal An end code of 15 will also be ret
2. CJ1 H CPU Units CJ1H CPULILIH R CJ1H CPULILIH CJ1G CPULILIH CJ1G CPULILIP Loop CPU Units NSJ series Expansion Units CS series Basic I O Units CS series Special I O Units CJ series Special I O Units CS series CPU Bus Units CJ series CPU Bus Units CS series Power Supply Units Note A special Power Supply Unit must be used for CS1D CPU Units X ie J M 1 Can only be used with the CP1H CPU unit 2 Indicated as E type in some parts of this manual 3 Indicated as N type in some parts of this manual CJ series Power Supply Units TABLE OF CONTENTS PRECAUTIONS bicauncsumesentcaticasawmmendgauss XY 1 Mendo dt AUCICNCS a kau E eo d Red dcc ne N a ut ou E E ue RUE xvi 2 General Precautions 2355 5 quy drea bees Ds dei adn ed ade iu misa eive xvi 3 Sabe D PrecaittOriS s c o eoa ckewa tice eO Gee dur b losa eue e dtes vacua ta xvi 4 Operating Environment Precautloris sssri ress e Re ete paca Se Rau Races pace d MR eed xviii 3 Application PreCaullOns c tado ud cox a e Re aes e REVUE Medis ee eee XiX SECTION 1 IMICFOOUCHION score eee eee EE oe ewe N 1 1 1 Overview of Communications Commands 0 ccc eect eens 2 1 2 C mode Comman eea a aaa a aae a ONE ORR SE 2 1 9 BENSOQ Oi AS sacar eoe desks o otl de ae E aD Ta ER A 4 SECTION 2 Overview of C mode
3. ME Q x10 x1009 W J x10 x10 x 10 x 10 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x J E Unit No BCD Header Beginning word Write data 1 word FCS Terminator code 0448 to 0959 Write data for number of words to write Response Format x10 x 10 W J x16 x 16 x a P Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator i code Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode maa Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG writeprotected Read protected OK OK OK No No x x OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect or the first word of write data is not in the first frame An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified write data exceeds the data area boundary the beginning word is not speci fied in BCD or the write data is not hexadecimal An end code of A5 will be returned instead of 15 for non hexadecimal write data in multiple command frames o Nomacowion Mi Abotedduetofometemorinanemtdata 8s Aborted et entry number at enor in vans data Aborted due to frame length error in transmit data 119 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 16 EM AREA WRITE WE Writes data to the specified EM Area bank starting from the specified word E00000 to E09999 Writing is done in word units Command Format
4. FAL FALS No 00 to 99 BCD XXII LN IL Je 1s 1 I O verify error A40209 See ee tee ee ae ee oe be ee 1 Cycle time overrun A40108 88 amp we RED X osos x eee dece dp gue wx 1 Number duplication A401 13 EL LLL E LLL LLL LLFLLLL LLL 1 I O setting error A40110 EIL LI IJI LLLI 1 SYSMAC BUS error A40205 Limitations Only FAL and FALS numbers 0 to 99 can be read For numbers 100 to 511 FAL FALS number 00 will be set Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAea Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK No OK No x OK x OK amp End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the error clear parameter is not set to 00 or 01 0 Nomacomelon 136 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 End code Hex Not executable Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 4 3 26 FORCED SET KS Force sets the operating status of operands Only one bit at a time can be force set Command Format x10 x10 K S OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 x 10 x 102 x 10 x 109 x 10 x 10 N Unit No BCD sS Area classification Word address Bit FCS Terminator code Classifica Area classifica
5. Q x10 x100 W C x16 x 169 x d D Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Limitations Commands are divided with regard to timers and counters If an attempt is made to designate across timers and counters an end code of 15 entry num ber data error will be returned Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAea Singe Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Wrtesrotected Read protected OK OK OK No No OK x OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified write data exceeds the data area boundary the beginning word is not speci fied in BCD or the write data is not hexadecimal An end code of A5 will be returned instead of 15 for non hexadecimal write data in multiple command frames 0 Nomdcmpieln SSS i3 Fem M Femaemr 18 nty numberdataenor SSS i48 Wameknphemr O NxewctabedusiCPUUmtGPUemo A3 Aboned dueto FCS error in transmitdata M Aborted due to format error in transmit data as Aborted due to entry number data error in transmitdala 13 14 15 18 21 A3 A4 A5 8 117 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 14 DM AREA WRITE WD Writes data to the DM Area starting from the specified word D00000 to D09999 Writing is done in word un
6. ASCII 3030 in SID 0 code ASCII ASCII code ASCII 30 in code ASCII Response Format 28 03 30 30 EM Command Endcode Node Subaddress CompoWay F CompoWay F CompoWay F code number 00 command response code text ASCII 3030 in code ASCII ASCII code ASCII code ASCII code Parameters Command Node Number This is the destination ID number 00 to 99 or XX in the CompoWay F sys tem The characters are specified in ASCII When sending a broadcast trans mission set the node number to XX two X s Subaddress The subaddress is 00 for most models and the value is specified in ASCII as 3030 hex For some models other values must be set CompoWay F SID Service ID The Service ID is 0 for most models and the value is specified in ASCII as 30 hex For some models other values must be set CompoWay F Command Code This is the CompoWay F command code For details refer to the command manual for the CompoWay F Slave CompoWay F Text Command and Response This is the data that follows the command code Response Node Number This is the destination ID number 00 to 99 or XX in the CompoWay F sys tem The characters are specified in ASCII When a broadcast transmission is sent the node number is set to XX two X s Subaddress The subaddress is 00 for most models and the value is specified in ASCII as 3030 hex For some models other values must be set CompoWay F SID Service ID The Service ID is 0
7. Forced set reset cancel Mm gt x lt l TTT TEE OT FCS Terminator Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 01 00 0000 Ignore 3 2 1 0 001 0 Designates O 00141 Designates 1 010 0 Designates force reset 0101 Designates force set 1000 Designates force set reset cancel Classification Area classification Word 1 2 3 4 coo f h p l 0001614 uRo LE RSP SP 0000 to 0199 WR w R 6 amp 9 amp P 0010051 mo H h 89 em 00010051 Timer T M GP 00010205 Note SP represents a space 20 Hex Response Format Q x10 x 10 F K x16 x 16 N x Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Limitations Only 15 timers counters can be set reset LR 0000 to LR 0199 correspond to data link bits CIO 1000 to CIO 1199 Execution Conditions Commands Responses Pemo maa Sing MWulipie Sing Mutiple RUN MON PROG Writerprotected Readprotectod Cmno End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect The forced set reset cancel data is 16 bytes long An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the area classi fication word address or bit parameter setting is incorrect An end code of 15 139 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 will also be returned if the a data specification of O or 1 is used when a timer or counter is designated 00 Nomacomeion
8. Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection No OK KN RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode TTTTTYT code Year Month Day Hour Minute Second Day of week 07 02 07 02 Command End code code Year month day hour minute second day of week response The year month day of month hour minute and second are expressed in BCD Year The rightmost two digits of the year 1998 1999 and 2000 are expressed as 98 99 and 00 respectively 2096 and 2097 will be expressed as 96 and 97 Hour 00 to 23 BCD 197 FINS Commands Comments Section 5 3 Day of week As follows vat 09 0 o 9 08 06 End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes If the second and the day of week are not specified 00 BCD will be set as the second and the previous value will be kept for the day If the second is specified but the day of week is omitted the previous setting will not be changed The PLC does not check the day of week from the day of month This means that no error will occur even if the day of month and the day of week do not agree The PLC automatically checks the range of the specified data If any portion of the data is incorrect the clock will not be set 5 3 21 MESSAGE READ 09 20 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format
9. Command Format 23 02 Command code Response Format 23 02 MEN M Command End code code End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments The bits flags in the following memory areas can be forced set or forced reset and canceled Memory area Data Bit status Timer Counter Completion Flag status 5 3 46 CONVERT TO COMPOWAY F COMMAND 28 03 When this command is sent to a CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 3 0 or later serial port C on the Controller Section of an NSJ Controller built in serial ports of N type CP1E CPU Units serial port 1 or 2 on an Option Board of a CP series CPU Unit or a serial port on a Serial Communications Unit Board version 1 2 or later the CPU Unit or Serial Communications Unit Board removes the FINS header and sends the enclosed CompoWay F com mand With this command OMRON components connected to a PLC through Com poWay F communications can be accessed from a PLC or PT by sending a FINS message containing a CompoWay F command Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 230 FINS Commands Command Format Section 5 3 Command Node Subaddress CompoWay CompoWay F CompoWay F code number 00 F command text
10. Specifies whether or not a response is required Response required 80 ASCII 38 30 Response not required 81 ASCII 38 31 RSV Reserved Always set to 00 ASCII 30 30 in commands sent to the host computer GCT Gateway Count The number of networks through which the command is relayed subtracted from 2 is set See note Number of networks 0 02 ASCII 30 32 Number of networks 1 01 ASCII 30 31 Number of networks 2 00 ASCII 30 30 Number of networks 7 07 ASCII 30 37 The number of networks is subtracted from 7 for a CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 2 0 or later CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller DNA DA1 DA2 The addresses for the Host LInk Unit connected to the host computer are set DNA Destination Network Address The network address 00 to 7F Hex of the CPU Unit is set in hexadecimal DA1 Destination Node Address The node address 01 to 7E Hex of the CPU Unit is set in hexadecimal DA2 Destination Unit Address The unit address of the Host Link port is set SNA SA1 SA2 The addresses for the source node e g PLC FA computer are set SNA Source Network Address The network address 00 to 7F Hex of the source is set in hexadecimal FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 SA1 Source Node Address The node address 01 to 7E Hex of the source is set in hexadecimal SA2 Source Unit Address The unit ad
11. The INITIALIZE and ABORT commands can be sent instead of the delimiter for multiple responses for this command If other commands are sent they will be treated as delimiters Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode maa Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Wrtesrotected Read protected ok Ne OK OK OK OK OK OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect and an end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if 108 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 the specified words exceed the data area boundaries or are not specified in BCD or if the number of words to read is 0 End code Hex Normal completion 13 FCS error 14 Format error 15 Entry number data error 18 Frame length error 2 4 3 5 TIMER COUNTER PV READ RC Heads the contents of the specified number of timer counter PVs present val ues T0000 to T2047 or C0000 to C2047 starting from the specified timer counter Command Format x10 x 10 R C x 108 x10 x10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x P N iN Unit No BCD Header Beginning word No of words FCS Terminator code Timer 0000 to 2047 0001 to 2048 Counter 2048 to 4095 Response Format x10 x100 R C x16 x169
12. 4 3 8 AR AREA READ RJ Command Format Heads the contents of the specified number of Auxiliary Area words A000 to A959 starting from the specified word x10 x109 R J x10 x 10 x 10 x 109 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x l N P Unit No Header Beginning word No of words FCS Terminator BCD code 0000 to 0959 0001 to 0960 Response Format x10 x109 R J x 16 x169 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x l P N f Unit No Header End code Head data 1 word FCS Terminator BCD code Read data for number of words read Limitations The text portion of the response s first frame can contain up to 30 words If more than 30 words are read the data will be returned in multiple frames In the second and later frames the text portion of the response can contain up to 31 words The INITIALIZE and ABORT commands can be sent instead of the delimiter for multiple responses for this command If other commands are sent they will be treated as delimiters Execution Conditions Commands Responses PLC Mode PLC Mode UM Area Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK No OK j x CK x OV OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect and an end code
13. FINS message on network or CPU bus RS 232C or peripheral port FINS header 2803 FINS header aaah ome CompoWay F command on CPU Unit CD D ped pem D 5 lt o D 2 D Oo D Q 2 D 2 m 2 D o D m Q O 3 3 c 3 O D cet o 2 n Q Q D O 66 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 Using a Serial Communications Board Unit RS 232C or RS 422A 485 CompoWay F command Modbus RTU command Modbus ASCII command FINS message via network or CPU bus FINS header 2803 CompoWay F command FINS header go4 Modbus RTU command Serial Communications Board Unit FINS header 2805 Modbus ASCII command 3 r ifi t Host Link h ser specifie FINS header specified User specified data ost Link header EC aad Terminator The Serial Gateway is enabled under the following conditions In Serial Gateway mode l e In protocol macro mode with the Serial Gateway Prohibit Switch turned OFF 3 6 2 Types of Protocol Conversion Frame before conversion Destination Protocol after conversion using serial communica tions CompoWay F command Type of conversion from FINS Processing at Board Unit Target Commu nications part ner Converting to CompoWay F Serial port number on CompoWay F command with OMRON Compo nent e g Tem Board Unit address 2803 hex CompoWay F command Converting to Modbus RTU 2804 hex Modbus R
14. TOTALIZING TIMER T T M REVERSIBLE COUNTER C N T RR TMER T GP Note SP represents a space 20 Hex Classification SV or word ter 1 ter 2 ter 3 ter 4 Constant e N SP 0000100959 N H EM indirect current bank EM banks 0 to C EM indirect 0 to C Data register D ARO D puna p SP 0000 to 9999 0000109999 SP SP Index register to R a Ro 1 N M 8P C M R Doo Note SP represents a space 20 Hex 131 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Response Format Q x10 x10 9 W x 16 x 16 A Unit No BCD Bs End code FCS Terminator Parameters Program Address Command Designate the program address in six digits decimal BCD for beginning the search for the specified timer counter instruction Timer Counter Type Command Designate the timer counter instruction type in ASCII for changing the con stant SV or the word address in which it is stored Timer Counter Number Command Designate in four digits BCD the timer counter instruction number for reading the constant SV Index register designation is not possible Constant Area Classification Command Designate the ASCII characters to express the constant or area classification New SV Word Address Command Designate the newly set constant SV or the word address in which it is stored Limitations Timers T2048 to T4
15. The maximum number of files has already been opened for the system limit A non existing program number has been specified the correct data If the area is protected using a switch setting release protection and then execute the command If the area is permanently read only the command cannot be executed Release protection from a Programming Device and then execute the command Change the PLC Setup so that the data link tables can be manually written Delete any unnecessary files or create more file memory Close one or more files and then execute the command Check the program numbers and specify a valid one 06 File missing File name The file does not exist at the Correct the file name and then specified file device execute the command 07 File name File name already exists 08 Cannot Contents of change memory being changed A file with the same name already exists in the specified written and then execute the The change cannot be made because doing so would create a problem Change the name of the file being command Command Lists Section 5 1 Check point Probable cause 22 Not execut 01 Not possi The mode is incorrect Check the mode able in current ble during Data link status The data link is operating Check the status of the data links mode execution 02 Not Sa The mode is incorrect Check the mode A An while Data link status The data
16. Type Command ek x I O memory area LEA seus AREA READ Reads the contents of consecutive I O access memory area words MEMORY AREA WRITE See note Writes the contents of consecutive I O memory area words 01 03 MEMORY AREA FILL See note Writes the same data to the specified range of I O memory area words MULTIPLE MEMORY AREA READ Heads the contents of specified non consecutive I O memory area words MEMORY AREA TRANSFER See Copies the contents of consecutive I O l memory area words to another I O memory area Parameter area PARAMETER AREA READ Reads the contents of consecutive access parameter area words 02 02 PARAMETER AREA WRITE See note Writes the contents of consecutive parameter area words PARAMETER AREA FILL CLEAR Writes the same data to the specified See note range of parameter area words Program area 03 06 PROGRAM AREA READ Heads the UM User Memory area ACCESS 03 07 PROGRAM AREA WRITE See note Writes to the UM User Memory area 03 08 PROGRAM AREA CLEAR See note Clears the UM User Memory area Operating mode 04 01 RUN See note Changes the CPU Unit s operating changes mode to RUN or MONITOR 04 02 STOP See note Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode to PROGRAM Machine configura CPU UNIT DATA READ Reads CPU Unit data tion reading 05 02 CONNECTION DATA READ Reads the model numbers of the device corresponding to addresses Status reading 06 01 CPU UNIT STATUS READ Re
17. 11 October 2006 Corrections and additions were made throughout the manual to include the following Unit CP series PLCs CJ1G CPULILIP X XA and Y type CP1H CPU Units NSJ Controllers and version 1 of the Serial Communications Units Other changes and corrections are as follows Pages x to xvi Changed and expanded Pages xix and xx Models and manuals added Page xxxiv Added precaution on dispose of the product and batteries Pages 5 149 152 and 223 Added MEMORY CASSETTE TRANSFER command Page 15 Replaced most of page Page 19 Corrected last two rows of table Page 41 Changed last part of note 1 Pages 72 and 78 Changed PC to PLC multiple places Pages 84 227 229 and 231 Added Board column Page 171 Changed Comments section Page 191 Changed description of bits 00 and 01 12 September 2008 Corrections and additions were made throughout the manual to include the following Unit CJ2H CPUL I EIP and CP1L M LLJETE TE J E 242 Revision History Revision code Due Reset December 2008 Added the CJ series CJ2 CPU Units CJ2H CPULLL 14 July 2009 Added the CP series CP1E CPU Units Added the Ethernet option board CP1W CIF41 15 February 2010 Added the CJ series CJ2M CPU Units 243 Revision History 244 Authorized Distributor
18. 4 3 29 FORCED SET RESET CANCEL KC Cancels all forced set and forced reset bits including those set by FORCED SET FORCED RESET and MULTIPLE FORCED SET RESET Command Format x10 x100 K o x d N N Unit No BCD Header FCS Terminator code Response Format x10 x 100 K C x16 x 16 x E N P Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode omaa Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK Ne OK No No OK OK OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect The forced set reset cancel data can be 16 bytes long 00 Nomacombelon 140 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 30 PLC MODEL READ MM Heads the model code of the CPU Unit Command Format x10 x 10 M M 4 k o ES Unit No BCD Header FCS Terminator code Response Format x10 x1 M M x16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x Unit No BCD Header End code Model FCS Terminator code code Model code indicates the model in two digits hexadecimal Modeicode Mode pg om p feo 42 CVM1 CPU21 E Execution Conditions Commands Responses PLCMo
19. 4 3 33 PROGRAM WRITE WP Writes to the CPU Unit user s program area the machine language program transmitted from the host computer The contents are written as a block from the beginning Command Format Q x10 x109 W P x16 x 16 d Unit No BCD oo Complete program FCS Terminator Response Format Q x10 x100 W P x 16 x 16 IX Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Limitations The command cannot be executed while the UM Area is write protected Data is written from the beginning of the UM Area to the maximum limit of the program area An error will not occur if the command attempts to write program data beyond the maximum size of the program area The program data can be divided into multiple frames in units of 4 characters Execution Conditions Commands Responses Pemo maa Sing MWulipie Single Wutiie RUN MON PROG Writerprotected Readprotectod LN 143 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect the total size of the program is not a multiple of 8 bytes or the first frame contains no program data An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified write data is not hexadecimal End code Hex Normal completion Not executable in RUN mode Not executable in MONITOR
20. 78 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 Conditions Requiring Routing Tables According to Target Protocol Case Routing tables conversion for treating serial communications path as network PLC CS CJ CP NSJ Series CVM1 Host Link Routing FINS network including Network to Required CV Ae serial communications path for serial con Serial Gateway version Serial communications path con Serial to Optional nection only serial con version Any component OMRON Compo CompoWay Routing FINS network including Network to Optional except PLC nent F serial communications path for serial con Serial Gateway version Modbus RTU Modbus Serial communications path con Serial to Optional Slave including RTU nection only serial con OMRON Inverter version Modbus ASCII Modbus Slave ASCII Specifying Address in FINS Command Source Protocol Routing FINS header conversion tables for Remote network Remote node Remote unit treating address address address serial com munica tions path as network PLC CS CJ CP NSJ Host Link Created Network address Host Link unit num Must be the actual Series CVM1 CV Series FINS assigned to the ber incremented by unit address of the serial port accord 1 1 to 32 destination unit ing to the routing See note tables Not created Serial port unit address Any compo OMRON CompoWay Created Network address 00 hex indicates Must be the uni
21. Command data items not set 30 Access right error ACCESS RIGHT FORCE ACQUIRE can be executed to ACQUIRE has been obtain the access right but this may executed by another node adversely affect processing by the node that previously held the access right 40 Abort 01 Service Service was aborted with aborted ABORT command In addition to the above end codes there are also specific flags in the end code word bits 6 7 and 15 that may also be ON If bit 6 or 7 is ON an error has occurred in the destination CPU Unit If bit 15 is ON an error has occurred during a network relay operation The contents of the end code word are shown in the following diagram 161 Command Lists Section 5 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Main code MRES Sub code SRES 1 Fatal CPU Unit error J L 1 Non fatal CPU Unit error 1 Network relay error See following section for details Handling Fatal and Non fatal CPU Errors If bit 6 or 7 is ON an error has occurred in the destination CPU Unit If this occurs refer to the operation manuals for the CPU Unit where the error occurred and remove the cause of the error Example of a CPU Unit Error For example if a battery error occurs in the destination CPU Unit bit 6 in the end code will be ON because a battery error is a non fatal CPU Unit error Basically the end code of a sent command that is completed normal
22. EOR EOR 0001 0000 0010 0001 0010 2 Hex L Terminator FCS The value is converted to hexadecimal and handled as ASCII Note The FCS is an 8 bit value converted into two ASCII characters The 8 bit value is the result of an exclusive OR sequentially performed between each character in a transmission from the first character in the frame to the last character of the text in that frame Non ASCII data however may sometimes be sent in the text data If the data length is 7 bits the leftmost bit of each character is masked before the FCS is calculated 13 Application Example Section 2 3 2 3 Application Example Sending a Host Link Command from a Host Computer In this example program a Host Link command is sent from a host computer and a response is received 10 CS1 SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR EXCEPTION 20 CLOSE 30 CLS 40 OPEN iCOM E73iAS 1 50 KEYIIN 60 INPUT iDATA i S 70 IF S iiTHEN GOTO 190 80 PRINT iSEND DATA 1 S 90 STS SS 100 INPUT iSEND OK Y or N i BS 110 IF BS iYi THEN GOTO 130 ELSE GOTO KEYIN 120 SS STS 130 PRINT ZT SS Sends command to PLC 140 INPUT Z1 R Receives command from PLC 150 PRINT RECV DATA 1 R 160 IF MIDS RS 4 2 1EXiTHEN GOTO 210 Identifies command 170 IF RIGHTS RS 1 lt gt i iTHEN S 11 GOTO 130 180 GOTO KEYIN 190 CLOSE 1 200 END 210 PRINT iEXCEPTION DATAi 220 GOTO 140 Explanation 1 2 3 1 The host computer s transmission reception program is started up and the Host Link c
23. Read protected OK Ne OK No OK OK OK OK Ne End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the program address is not specified in BCD or the operand SV parameters are incorrect An end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the specified instruction does not exist in the UM Area o Nomacomieon O 4 3 19 TIMER COUNTER SV READ 3 R From the specified program address onwards in cyclic task 0 TIMER COUNTER SV READ 3 finds the specified TC instruction and reads the con stant SV that is set or the word address where the SV is stored The SV that is read is a 4 digit decimal number BCD 124 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Command Format Q x10 x10 R x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 109 OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 x10 x10 x 10 x 10 AM ru Unit No BCD ee Program address Timer countertype Timer counter number FCS Terminator Instruction name Timer counter type Timer counter Char Char Char Char number acter 1 acter 2 acter 3 acter 4 HIGH SPEED TIMER T H W 0000 to 2047 WAIT menw T mMm w HIGH SPEEDTIER T_ I_ M_ H_ froTaLZINGTIMER T T Mo REVERSIBLE COUNTER G N T R mere F m o Note SP represents a sp
24. Timer Counter Type Command Designate the timer counter instruction type for changing the constant SV or the word address in which it is stored Timer Counter Number Command Designate the timer counter instruction number for reading the constant SV Index register designation is not possible The range that can be designated is the same as for R Constant Area Classification Command Designate the ASCII characters to express the new SV area classification or constant New SV Word Address Command Designate the newly set constant SV or the word address in which it is stored Timers T2048 to T4095 and counters C2048 to C4095 cannot be read The SV of the first timer counter found after the designated program address will be read If the SV is outside of range for the timer counter type or number an end code of 16 command not supported will be returned 129 C mode Command Details Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAma Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected Section 4 3 If the SV is a DM or EM indirect address only indirect BCD designations will be read and an end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the indirect designation is not BCD The SV can be changed only in cyclic task O The maximum EM bank number that can be specified is 12 OC Hex OK No OK No No OK OK No No End Codes An
25. etc I CS CJ series CPU Unit Command format data 15 Control data Co Cet Designates where to send etc C 5 Response format data Command frame aS 2 bytes 2 000 bytes max ee Lem olojejolele loni ee code bytes pee Se CS CJ series CPU Unit Automatically Um Text Response frame 1 998 bytes max Ce ale ele ere se remi lero code code Automatically Sion Tex Note FINS commands and responses are handled as binary data and data is sent and received in binary format Host Link communications however are basi cally in ASCII 3 2 2 Using with respect to a host computer connected by Host Link Note With Host Link communications a FINS command frame with a Host Link header and a terminator is sent from a host computer to a CS CJ CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller The basic frame formats are shown below Host Link communications handle ASCII data so data is sent and received in ASCII For that reason FINS command and response frames must also be sent and received in ASCII when they are handled using Host Link communi cations 3l FINS Command and Response Frames Section 3 3 Command Frame Host Link header FINS command frame See note uS Host Link terminator Note A FINS command frame also consists of the destination node address the source node address and other FINS command format data The CS CJ CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller that receive
26. taneously it is necessary to set up exclusive control Serial port No Specifies the number of the serial 0 Unit Board port of the Unit with Host Link 1 Serial port 1 for Serial capabilities Communications Board Unit or Peripheral port for CPU Unit Serial port 2 for Serial Communications Board Unit or RS 232C port for CPU Unit Response moni Monitors the time it takes to return 0001 to FFFF Hex 0 1 to tor time a response If a response is not 6 553 5 seconds returned within the designated time a response timeout is gener ated Response Designates whether or not a O or 1 bit my required not response is required required ICF bit 0 pror ara eme E O oo works that can be accessed Note 1 Unit address are fixed for Units and Boards as well as for serial ports For the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions the CPU Unit will add the proper unit address based on the unit address of the Unit Board and the specified serial port It is not necessary to consider these addresses in the ladder diagram program Serial Port 1 80 Hex 04 Hex x unit number for Serial Communications Units E4 Hex for Serial Communications Boards and FC Hex CPU Unit s RS 232C or se rial port 2 on CP1H Option Board Serial Port 2 81 Hex 04 Hex x unit number for Serial Communications Units E5 Hex for Serial Communications Boards and FD Hex CPU Units peripheral port or serial port 1 on CP1H Option Board 2
27. 100 101 registering 4 101 table of address designations 165 171 writing 3 100 I O table creating 4 101 I O TABLE GENERATE MD 144 INITIALIZE 148 installation precautions xviii LR AREA READ RL 107 LR AREA WRITE WL 115 M N machine configuration reading 4 150 153 memory areas accessing I O 4 comparing transferring 220 reading 171 177 transferring data 179 writing 174 175 messages 194 clearing 199 displaying 5 150 153 reading 198 200 model code 3 101 model numbers reading model numbers of Units 192 reading PLC model number 189 MULTIPLE FORCED SET RESET FK 139 non fatal error data 194 O online edit precautions xvii operating environment precautions xviii operating mode at startup xix changing 4 150 153 P Parameter Areas accessing 4 150 153 clearing 183 comparing transferring 222 reading 180 writing 181 partitioned commands 10 partitioned responses 11 PLC changing to RUN mode 188 reading controller data 189 PLC model code reading 3 101 PLC MODEL READ MM 141 precautions application xix general xv operating environment xviii safety xvi program clearing 186 comparing transferring 224 reading 184 writing to program area words 185 program area accessing 3 4 101 150 153 PROGRAM READ RP 142 PROGRAM WRITE WP 143 R READ I O MEMORY QQIR 146 RECV 098 58 59 REGISTER I O MEMORY Q
28. 203 FINS Commands Parameters Comments 204 Section 5 3 Program number command Always FFFF hex End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Even if any other device has the access right the access right can be acquired with this command and a normal end code will be returned When ACCESS RIGHT FORCED ACQUIRE command code OCO2 is exe cuted while any other device has the access right subsequent commands cannot be executed from the other device This command should generally not be used during normal processing The following table shows which FINS commands can be executed even when another device holds the access right Command Command name Command execution code while another device has access right 0103 MEMORY AREA TRANSFER 0202 PARAMETERAREAWRITE ONO 0209 PARAMETERAREACLEAR nwo oso PROGRAMAREAWRIE nwo 0308 PROGRAMAREACLEAR OoOo No o Ou RN Ne Qa fso mw Or OL0KWhRTE No ovo MESSAGEQLEAR No oco ACCESSRIGHTACQURE noo 201 ERROROLEAR OO o oo 21083 ERRORLOGOLEAR O No 2141 FINSWRITEACCESSLOGOLEAR no 2203 SNGLEFLEWRTE wo 2204 FILEMEMORYFORMN w 22 Feee No mor FiECORY No p208 FLENAMECHANGE No FINS Commands Section 5 3 Command Command name Command execution code while another device has access right 220A MEMORY AREA FILE TRANSFER I O
29. 205 accessing I O memory 4 accessing program area 3 4 101 accessing time data 4 150 153 AR AREA READ RJ 112 AR AREA WRITE WJ 119 ASCII data 31 backup precautions xvii Battery Error Flag xvii bits controlling 228 230 C CIO Area reading 177 CIO AREA READ RR 106 CIO AREA WRITE WR 114 clock reading 196 setting 197 CMND 490 31 53 58 59 170 setting example 42 C mode commands 2 command formats 9 details 99 148 execution conditions 105 force conditions 102 from host computer 14 list of 2 100 overview 7 25 partitioned 10 partitioned responses 11 response formats 9 command formats for C mode commands 9 commands C mode 2 from host computer 14 overview 7 25 communications 2 addressed to CS CJ series PLCs 2 FINS 2 4 5 27 65 152 parameters 163 partitioned 10 Index commands for CV series PLCs ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE 205 Communications Port Enabled Flags 58 Communications Port Error Flags 58 counters reading Completion Flag status 177 CPU Unit status 3 101 cycle time reading 195 D DAI 33 DA2 33 debugging 5 151 154 destination node number 33 destination unit address 33 DIP switch UM protection 171 directories creating deleting 226 DM Area reading 171 177 writing 174 175 DM AREA READ RD 111 DM AREA WRITE WD 118 E EM AREA READ RE 113 EM AREA WRITE WE 120 end codes 103 104 155 164 env
30. Board Unit uses the Serial Gate way to convert the command into the specified protocol This oper ation enables serially connected devices to access the Serial Communications Board Unit from Smart Active Parts using an NS series PT Note 1 The FINS header contains the following information e Remote destination network address DNA 69 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 e With routing tables that treat serial communications path as a network Network address corresponding to serial port in the routing tables e Without routing tables that treat serial communications path as a net work Network address for specifying actual remote PLC e Remote destination node address DA1 e With routing tables that treat serial communications path as a network 00 hex local PLC s internal communications For serial to serial to serial conversion increment the Host Link unit number by 1 e Without routing tables that treat serial communications path as a net work Node address for specifying actual remote PLC For serial to serial to serial conversion increment the Host Link unit number by 1 e Remote destination unit address DA2 Unit address of serial port 2 The contents of the CompoWay F command enclosed in the FINS mes sage that is sent is as follows Node number subaddress SID command text ASCII must be used STX ETX BCC are not required when sending FINS They are added automatically for serial communicati
31. ERROR LOG READ 21 4075 C3 atu et regu ec cedes ERRORJEOG CLEAR 21 05 i o3 Rete HS E eae ee eked FINS WRITE ACCESS LOG READ 2140 Ls FINS WRITE ACCESS LOG CLEAR 2141 FLE NAME READ 22 0I miaii ea Iber t anita ere SINGLE FILE READ 2202 21 urs edited eco SINGLE FILE WRITE 22 09 yanisira e v ae es ye See FILE MEMORY FORMAT 22 04 ol 4 Te SH HE Ras FILE DEV ELE 220592252 2S ota te ths Sed RIMS RE ESR FIEE COPY 220 T rk write ares Sects pei nx e iria FILENAME CHANGE 22 08 edicto reque Rau e mei MEMORY AREA FILE TRANSFER 220A sess PARAMETER AREA FILE TRANSFER 22 OB PROGRAM AREA FILE TRANSFER 220C s CREATE DELETE DIRECTORY 22 15 MEMORY CASSETTE TRANSFER CP series CPU Units Only 22 20 FORCED SET RESET 23 00 coii as red eh or a ER acepte FORCED SET RESET CANCEL 2502 4s Se s RO m Pe es CONVERT TO COMPOWAY F COMMAND 2803 CONVERT TO MODBUS RTU COMMAND 28 04 CONVERT TO MODBUS ASCII COMMAND 28 05 SECTION 5 FINS Commands 150 150 153 155 163 163 165 170 170 171 174 175 177 179 180 181 183 184 185 186 188 188 189 192 193 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 203 205 206 207 209 209 211 211 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 222 224 226 227 228 230 230 233 235 149 Command Lists Section 5 1 5 1 Command Lists 5 1 1 FINS Commands The following table lists the FINS commands
32. End code Hex Normal completion 13 FCS error 14 Format error 15 Entry number data error 18 Frame length error 1 Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 4 3 6 TIMER COUNTER STATUS READ RG Heads the ON OFF status of the Completion Flags of the specified number of timers counters starting from the designated word T0000 to T2047 or C0000 to C2047 Command Format x10 x109 R G x 108 x10 x10 x 109 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x E N Unit No BCD Header Beginning word No of words FCS Terminator code Timer 0000 to 2047 0001 to 2048 Counter 2048 to 4095 Response Format Q x10 x100 R G x16 x 16 x K EE X Unit No Header End code FCS Terminator BCD code Read data 1 word Read data for number of words read 1 ON 0 OFF Limitations The number of words per frame for response data is different to that for C series Units For details refer to 2 4 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models The text portion of the response s first frame can contain up to 121 words If more than 121 words are read the data will be returned in multiple frames In the second and later frames the text portion of the response can contain up to 124 words The INITIALIZE and ABORT commands can be sent instead of the delimiter for multiple responses for this command If other com
33. Hesponse monitor time FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 3 5 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol FINS commands can be sent and received using the Host Link protocol between interconnected host computers and PLCs 3 5 1 Connection Configurations One of the following two methods can be used to send and receive FINS com mands using the Host Link protocol Sending from a Computer to a CPU Unit Note The host computer can be connected to the peripheral port or RS 232C port on the CPU Unit or to a serial ports on a Serial Communications Unit Board The Host Link protocol must be used regardless of the point of connection CPU Unit Directly Connected to Host Computer CPU Unit CPU Units on a Network CPU Unit Host Link FINS command Network Controller Link Ethernet etc Sending from a CPU Unit to a Computer Slave Initiation Note 1 Slave initiation is not possible from a CP1E CPU 2 The host computer can be connected to the peripheral port or RS 232C port on the CPU Unit or to a serial ports on a Serial Communications Unit Board The Host Link protocol must be used regardless of the point of con nection CPU Unit Directly Connected to Host Computer SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 43 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 CPU Unit Directly Connected to Host Computer on a Network SEND 090 RECV 098 CPU Unit CPU Unit Network Controller Link
34. ME i Area ou xou bank O to U we to AF or CN to 97 bank F to 5F see note EM PE 10 60 to 68 to PE 18 EM current Word bank Note On a CJ2 CPU unit only 50 to 5F can be specified for the memory area code of EM banks 0 to F FINS Commands Section 5 3 5 3 5 MULTIPLE MEMORY AREA READ 01 04 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters Comments Heads in one batch the contents of the specified number of non consecutive I O memory area words starting from the specified word Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device EIL write _ m OK OK see t o o o GH Command Beginning address Beginning address code I O memory area code I O memory area code 01 o Command End code Data Data code I O memory area code I O memory area code I O memory area code command Specify the type of data to read The memory areas that can be read are given in the following table O Mem ory Area Codes Refer to 5 2 2 V O Memory Address Designations for the specific addresses that can be used Beginning address command Specify the first word bit flag to read I O memory area code data response Indicates the data type and contents of the designated I O memory area s The data in the designated memory area s will be returned in the sequence specified by the command The
35. Parameters 198 Reads messages generated by MSG 195 Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 09 20 Command Message No code parameter 09 20 32 bytes 32 bytes Command End code Message No Message Message code parameter Message number parameter command and response In the command format turn ON 1 the bits of the messages to be read In the response format the bits of the messages being returned will be ON 1 If no bits are turned ON in the command format all bits will be OFF 0 in the response format and no further data will be returned FINS Commands Comments Section 5 3 First byte Second byte f 2ch G2 2 2 Gc go 2s m a du mu ee 0100 T i i i i i A Set to 0 Message No 0 JENSEN UU MIL Message No 1 tr rre Message No 2 oe 22s 2s Message No 3 NELLE Message No 4 00 Message read III Message No 5 fC erissa eee ns 7 gt Message No 6 E Message No 7 Message response Each message is returned in numerical order from smaller to larger accord ing to the message number Each message consists of 32 ASCII characters 32 bytes The total number of bytes of the messages is calculated as fol lows The number of messages read x
36. Set 02 hex of this value in the s 4 of CMND 490 leftmost byte of S 4 Set 00 hex as the leftmost register No in the rightmost byte of S44 Register No 0002 hex data e g 0064 6400 hex Set 6400 hex in controller data hex 45 of CMND 490 Note Set 64 hex as the rightmost regis ter No in the leftmost byte of S 5 Response Frame em Seting Setting location Modbus Slave address e g 02 hex Stored in D 2 of CMND 490 FUNCTION code Write data 10 hex Write data register No e g frequency 0002 hex Stored in D 3 of CMND 490 reference 0002 hex Write data registers e g 1 register 0001 hex Stored in D 4 of CMND 490 CMND S D C Command Details Operand Offset Value 40 2804 hex Conversion to Modbus RTU a command code 2804 or 501000 Soa aS O 0200 hex Number of attached data bytes 02 hex 2 bytes Leftmost register No 00 hex 6400 hex Rightmost register No 64 hex Frequency reference value 10 0 Hz when unit is 0 1 Hz blank 00 hex First response storage word 02008 0 00 OC hex Number of command data bytes 000C hex 12 bytes decimal D00000 ca 00 OA hex Number of response data bytes 000A hex 10 bytes decimal 2 0002 hex Send destination network address 02 hex Serial port number 0 hex direct serial port unit address specification 058C hex Send destination node address 05 hex Send destination unit address 8C hex 0000 h
37. TS TEST Valid Notvalid Valid Notvalid Valid Valid Valid valid 102 End Codes Section 4 2 Header i Multiple Single Multiple UM UM code frame frame frame write read command response response protect protect WP PROGRAM Valid Valid Valid Not valid Not Not Valid Not Valid WRITE valid valid valid l O TABLE Valid Not valid Valid Not valid Not Not Valid Not Valid GENERATE valid valid valid READ I O MEM _ Valid Valid Valid Not valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid ORY REGISTER I O Valid Not valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid MEMORY XZ ABORT Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid command only INITIALIZE Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid command only Undefined com Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid mand response only 4 2 End Codes End Code Summary These are the response end codes that are returned in the response frame When two or more errors occur the end code for the first error will be returned Contents Probable cause Corrective measures code 00 Normal completion No problem exists Mo executable in RUN mode The command that was sent cannot Check the relation between the com be executed when the PLC is in RUN mand and the PLC mode mode Not executable in MONITOR mode The command that was sent cannot be executed when the PLC is in MONITOR mode 03 UM write protected The PLC
38. To PLC_1 serial port unit address e g 89 oF P Serial Communications Unit Board Serial communications E 5 U it b 0 t 1 path Host Link FINS g Unit number 0 por 2 Node address PLC 2 unit numbers for Host Link A 0 to 31 1 i Serial communications path 3 Unit address To E CompoWay F Modbus PLC_2 serial port unit address e g 80 hex Target OMRON Component or Modbus Slave CPU Un PLC_2 No routing tables required to treat serial communications path as a network Specify the addresses as shown in the following example Address Specification Address Contents Example Remote network PLC_2 serial communications A address path network address A Remote node PLC_2 unit number for Host s 1 address Link 1 Remote unit 80 hex 128 decimal I address PLG soral port unit Calculated from unit number Serial communications 0 port 1 path Host Link FINS Serial Communications Unit Board E g Unit number 2 port 1 PLC 1 P d No routing tables required to treat serial communications path as a network mm f Serial Communications Unit Board PISOS DIIS Routing tables for treating serial communications path as a network 2 Node address PLC 2 unit numbers for S iun S Host Link 0 to 31 1 Calculated from unit number O port 1 A Serial communica 1 Network address To PLC_1 serial 3 Unit ad
39. be sure to edit the host computer program so that it is compatible with the frame for mat mu TIMER COUNTER STATUS READ RL RH RC RG RJ Serial Communications Boards and Units with version numbers 1 2 and later are equipped with a Host Link model compatibility selection function that changes the Host Link function s specifications to match the frame format of other Units in the Host Link It is not necessary to edit an existing program if the Host Link model compatibility selection function is set to match the Host Link format used in the program For details see Using a Serial Communica tions Board or Unit with Version Number 1 2 or Later below 15 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 Words per Frame for C mode Commands Except RG Command C Series CS CJ Series CVM1 and CV Series Data words per frame 1 trame_ Other trames C series C200H LK101 LK201 29 words 30 words Host Link LK202 Host Link Units Units C500 LK103 LK203 Host Link Units 3G2A5 LK101 LK201 Host Link Units 3G2A6 LK101 LK201 LK202 Host Link Units Other SRM1 built in ports CS2H CPUL EIP CVM1 CPUL I built in 30 words 31 words Boards and CPM1 built in ports built in ports ports NS CPM1A built in ports CU2M CPU1L CV CPUL ILI built in CQM1 CPULI built in builtin ports ports ports CJ2M CPUSI CV500 LK201 Host C200HS CPUI ILI built Serial Option Board Link Unit in ports CS1G H CPUL I H C200HX HG HE
40. built in ports CPULIL built in ports CS1G H CPUL I EV1 C200HW COML TC built in ports Communications Board CS1D CPULJLJH built ports in ports CJ1G H CPULILIH built in ports CJ1G CPUL I built in ports CJ1M CPUL built in ports CS1W SCB21 V1 41 V1 unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communications Board ports CS1W SCU 21 V1 unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communica tions Unit ports CJ1W SCU21 41 unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communica tions Unit ports 16 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models S CS CJ Series CVM1 and CV Series C series Host Link Units Other Boards and Units Section 2 4 Words per Frame for C mode RG Command Data words per frame 1 tframe Other frames C200H LK101 LK201 89 words 89 co LK202 Host Link Units C500 LK103 LK203 Host Link Units 3G2A5 LK101 LK201 Host Link Units 3G2A6 LK101 LK201 LK202 Host Link Units SRM1 built in ports CPM1 built in ports CPM1A built in ports CQM1 CPUL I built in ports CQM1H CPUL IL built in ports CQM1H SCBL I built in ports C200HX HG HE CPUL IL built in ports C200HW COML I Communications Board ports CS2H CPUL l EIP built in ports CJ2M CPU1L built in ports CJ2M CPU3L Serial Option Board CS1G H CPUL I H built in ports CS1G H CPUI l EV1 built in ports CS1D CPUL H built in ports CJ1G H CPUIL I H built in ports CJ1G CPUL IL bu
41. command Specify the file to be copied and a new name for the copy destination file Directory length Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length Copy source and copy destination absolute directory path Indicates the absolute path from the root directory It begins with 5C hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments The file will not be copied if there is already a file of the same name at the destination The file will not be copied if an existing file name is given at the copy destina tion The copy destination file is given the same date as the copy source file 5 3 38 FILE NAME CHANGE 22 08 Changes a registered file name Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No OK KN Execution Conditions RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OK OK 219 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Command Format 12 bytes 22 08 12 bytes Command Disk No Old file name New file name Directory Absolute directo
42. configuration configuration 04 Too many Number of I O in There are too many I O Change the registered I O table so I O points registered I O points and remote I O points that it is within the limit tables registered 05 CPU bus CPU bus line An error occurred in data Check Units Boards and cables to error transfer between the CPU be sure they are connected cor and a CPU Bus Unit rectly and then execute the ERROR CLEAR command 06 I O Rack numbers The same number address Check the PLC Setup and correct duplication Unit numbers was set more than once the numbers addresses so that and I O each is used only once addresses in PLC Setup 07 I O bus I O bus line An error occurred in data Check Units Boards and cables to error transfer between the CPU be sure they are connected cor and an I O Unit rectly and then execute the ERROR CLEAR command 09 SYSMAC SYSMAC BUS 2 An error occurred in data Check Units Boards and cables to BUS 2 error transmission transfer on the SYSMAC be sure they are connected cor path BUS 2 line rectly and then execute the ERROR CLEAR command OA CPU Bus CPU Bus Unit An error occurred in data Check Units Boards and cables to Unit error transmission transfer for a CPU Bus Unit be sure they are connected cor path rectly and then execute the ERROR CLEAR command OD SYSMAC Word settings The same word is allocated Check the I O tables and correct the BUS No more than
43. execution The CPU Unit will stop operation when STOP is executed You must confirm the safety of the system before executing STOP FINS Commands Section 5 3 Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No No Execution Conditions RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format rr Pru EUN IAEA Command Program code No Response Format 04 02 Command End code code Parameters Program number command Always FFFF hex End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments If the CPU Unit s operating mode has already been changed to the intended mode when this command is sent a normal completion will be returned If only the command code or only the command code and program number are to be sent the operating mode will be changed to the PROGRAM mode 5 3 15 CPU UNIT DATA READ 05 01 Reads the following data e CPU Unit model e CPU Bus Unit configuration e CPU Unit internal system version e Remote I O data Area data e CPU Unit information Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device proreenon write EM ERN RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format 05 01 Command code 189 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Response Format The format is as shown below if 00 hex is specified as the data to be read
44. unit number 6 that is connected to the PLC on the Ethernet Routing is performed between the networks so use the setting for routing tables Network Ethernet FINS message FINS command E g Operation mode change operation stopped 0402 hex Network address Serial Communications Unit Unit No 6 port 2 Ethernet unit CPU Unit node address 4 Serial port unit Serial port network address 153 address 5 iz E Host Link FINS EE NN Te t Port unit address commana Terminator RS 422A 485 Host Link 81 hex 4 hex x unit Unit No for Host Link 0 Unit No for Host Link 1 Unit No for Host Link 2 No 6 99 hex m A 153 decimal which corresponds to network CS CJ series or address 5 CVM1 CV series PLC Host Link slave 94 Communications Frames Section 3 7 Settings e FINS Network Settings Mtem O Value example Setting location Send destination network Network address for Set 05 hex in bits 00 to 07 net address serial communica work address of control data network address allocated tions path allocated C 2 in the CMND 490 instruc to target serial port in routing in local network tion tables table settings iS5 Note Set 0 hex in bits O8 to 11 serial port number of control data C 2 in the CMND 490 instruction Send destination node Hemote PLC unit e Set 02 hex in bits 08 to 15 address number for Host send de
45. x10 x10 M S N Ps as Unit No BCD Header FCS Terminator code Response Format m AB Q x10 x100 M 8S x 16 x 16x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x E 7 End code Status data Message FCS Terminator Unit No BCD e The message is attached only when there is a FAL FALS message always 16 characters Status data consists of four digits two bytes hexadecimal The leftmost byte indicates the CPU Unit operation mode and the rightmost byte indicates the size of the program area x 16 x 16 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 0101 101 010 0 Bit Operation mode 8 0 0 PROGRAM mode 0 RUN mode 1 1 MONITOR mode x 16 x 169 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 00 1 UM not write protected 0 UM write protected Bit Program area 6 5 4 0 91 10K steps 0 1 O 20K steps 0 1 1 30K steps 0 60K steps Ojo 1 120K steps 1 1 O 250K steps In the case of a CJ2 CPU Unit this is fixed at 111 Parameters Message Response The message for any FAL FALS occurring during command execution will be returned 133 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Limitations RUN mode and MONITOR mode designations differ from those in STATUS WRITE Execution Conditions Commands Responses PLCMode UMAma Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read p
46. 0 174 FINS Commands Section 5 3 I O Memory Area Codes Ee memory area memory area element code a code Lo Bi Holding Bit Area HR Word Holding Bit Area Auxiliary Bit Area Timer Area DM Word EM Area L bank Oto Bit bank F EM bank 10 to bank 18 EM bank 0 to AO to AF or 90 to 97 bank F m to 5F see note EM bank 10 to 60 to 68 bank 18 EMcuem B OA park wa a8 fae indexRegister IR PV DO amp Data Register DR PV e oo 2 Note On a CJ2 CPU unit only 50 to 5F can be specified for the memory area code of EM banks 0 to F 5 3 4 MEMORY AREA FILL 01 03 Writes the same data to the specified number of consecutive memory area words Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection OK No Execution Conditions RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format 01 03 Command Beginning address No of items Data code binary I O memory area code 175 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Response Format Parameters Comments 01 03 Command End code code I O memory area code beginning address number of items command Specify the type of data written the beginning address of the data to be writ ten and the number of items of data to be written 2 digits hexadecimal The memory areas that can be written are
47. 03 hex 00 ASCII code 4 bytes 3030 hex etc Communications Frames Section 3 7 Note Response Frame 3 7 2 Modbus RTU Command Frame Note CompoWay F commands use ASCII as the transmission code Therefore be sure to use ASCII for the CompoWay F command after the FINS command code 2803 hex from node number to text using CMND 490 or other instruc tion Example If the CompoWay F command MRC SRC is 01 02 where the quotation marks indicate ASCII characters 0 1 0 2 must be treated as ASCII characters Therefore set 01 as 3031 hex not 01 hex and 02 as 3032 hex not 02 hex Further to write the CompoWay F command to the command storage area using CMND 490 in frame order without creating empty bytes the SID com ponent of the CompoWay F command requires 1 byte of ASCII as 30 hex so the subsequent components s 3 and afterwards must be set in one byte each Frame before Conversion STX Node No Sub End code rubia dud Text ETX BCC 02 hex x 105 address asc MRC MRES ASCII 03h 02 hex 102 o0 Res SRC SRES MR panes ASCII ASCII ASCII ASCII code code 8 bytes code code 4 bytes 3030 8 bytes 8 bytes hex etc Frame after Conversion gt ____ i ln c FINS header FINS command Remote Remote Remote MRC SRC MRES SRES network node unit ans address address DA2 DNA DA1 Serial Serial po
48. 1 Host Link and the Host Link model compatibility mode Host Link Model Compatibility Selection Function Serial Communications Boards and Units with version Ver 1 2 and later are equipped with a Host Link model compatibility selection function This function switches the Board or Unit s Host Link specifications to match the specifica tions of an existing Host Link program that is being reused The following specifications can be switched by the Host Link model compatibility function e Words per Response Frame Sets the number of data words per response frame when receiving the fol lowing I O memory read commands RR RL RH RC RD Ru or RG Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 e Sets the response frame format for the STATUS READ command MS which varies when an FAL or FALS instruction has not been executed Host Link Model Compatibility Modes Host link Host link model RR RL RH RC RD RG command MS model Model used as basis for host and RJ commands command compatibility computer s program see note mode Data words per response frame Response 1 frame 20 frame 1 frame 204 frame OM form A mode C Series 30 words 31 words 121 125 Variable CS CJ and SRM1 built in ports words words length C CPM1 built in ports CPM1A built in ports CQM1 CPUL IL built in ports C200HS CPUI l built in ports C200HX HG HE CPUL IL built in ports C200HW COML J Communications Boar
49. 32 bytes If a message consists of less than 32 bytes the remainder will be filled with spaces 20 hex If no message has been registered for a message number that has been requested 32 bytes of spaces 20 hex will be returned End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes The MESSAGE READ MESSAGE CLEAR refer to 5 3 22 MESSAGE CLEAR 09 20 and FAL FALS READ refer to 5 3 23 FAL FALS READ 09 20 commands share the same command code 0920 They are distin guished by bits 14 and 15 of the two byte parameter following the command code To read MSG 195 messages bits 14 and 15 must be OFF 0 5 3 22 MESSAGE CLEAR 09 20 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Clears messages generated with MSG 195 Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device X E prorector No when cs messages RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 09 20 Command Message No code 09 20 Command End code code 199 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Parameters Message number command Turn ON the bits of the messages to be cleared Multiple messages can be cleared at one time First byte Second byte Bit 15 14 13 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 9 C i I i i i i i i Set to 0 Message No 0 Bo ee ee ee ee Message No 1 2 Message No 2 ieee a E Message No 3 So
50. 42 43 43 44 45 49 50 55 57 58 59 62 66 66 67 67 70 73 74 78 79 81 84 86 86 87 88 89 90 27 FINS Commands FINS Commands 3 1 28 1 2 3 Section 3 1 FINS commands form a command system for message services across differ ent OMRON networks They can be used for various control operations such as sending and receiving data changing operating modes executing forced set and forced reset operations performing file operations and so on FINS commands make it possible to freely communicate with Units in various net works and on CPU Racks by simply specifying the network node and unit FINS commands have the following features 1 They are defined in the application level and do not depend on lower levels i e the physical and data link levels This allows them to be used across a variety of networks and CPU buses Specifically they can be used with Ethernet Controller Link and Host Link networks and between CPU Units and CPU Bus Units Note FINS commands can be sent with UDP IP headers when using Ethernet and with Host Link command headers when using Host Link 2 FINS commands can be used to access various kinds of devices besides CPU Units Devices such as CPU Units CPU Bus Units personal comput ers boards and Inner Boards can be identified and specified by their unit addresses CPU Bus Unit Inner Board CPU Unit jo computer board 3 FINS commands support network relay ope
51. ASCll Command Frame Frame before Conversion FINS header FINS command Remote Remote Remote network node unit address address address DNA DA1 Slave address ASCII code Serial port allocated address 2 characters or local or local network network address node address 4 bytes Modbus ASCII frame FUNCTION code ASCII code 2 characters 4 bytes Slave address ASCII code ASCII code 2 characters 4 bytes 88 SRC Communications data ASCII code n characters Communications data n bytes End silent interval of 3 5 characters See note dian SRES Modbus RTU command section only FUNCTION code 1 byte Communica tions data n bytes Slave address 1 byte Modbus ASCII command section only FUNCTION Communications data code ASCII code n characters ASCII code 2 characters 4 bytes CR LE OD hex 0A hex Communications Frames Section 3 7 Response Frame Frame before Conversion Modbus ASCII frame Communications data CR LF ASCII code ASCII code n characters OD hex OA hex characters or error code after Conversion 77 FNSheder header FINS command command FINS end code Remote Remote Remote Etc MRC SRC MRES SRES Modbus ASCII network node unit command section only address address DNA DA1 Serial port Slave FUNCTION Communications data
52. CPU Unit s user program area the machine language object sent from the host computer FINS Commands Section 1 3 Type Header code I O table creation I O TABLE CREATE Creates an I O table with the contents of the actual I O configuration I O memory area REGISTER I O MEMORY Registers the I O memory words or bits that are to be registration and read reading QQR READ I O MEMORY Reads the registered I O memory words bits all at once Host Link commu XZ ABORT command only Aborts the operation being performed by a Host Link com nications mand and then returns to the initial status processing INITIALIZE command only Initializes the transfer control procedures for all Host Link Units IC Undefined command This is the response when the command header code response only cannot be decoded 1 3 FINS Commands The following table lists the FINS commands For details refer to SECTION 5 FINS Commands Type Command rar I O memory area E AREA READ Reads the contents of consecutive I O mem access ory area words MEMORY AREA WRITE See Writes the contents of consecutive I O mem note ory area words 01 03 MEMORY AREA FILL See note Writes the same data to the specified range of I O memory area words 01 04 MULTIPLE MEMORY AREA READ Reads the contents of specified non consec utive I O memory area words 01 05 MEMORY AREA TRANSFER See Copies the contents of consecutive I O mem note ory area words to another
53. CS CJ series PLC T CPU Unit Computer 29 Using FINS Commands Section 3 2 1 2 3 1 A FINS command sent from a PLC or computer on another network is transmitted to the CPU Unit from the Backplane of the CPU Rack via a Communications Unit Controller Link Unit Ethernet Unit etc FINS commands sent from a host computer to a CPU Unit are sent with a Host Link header code and a terminator as in the Host Link communica tions mode C Host computer Serial communications Host Link mode FINS command N Communications CS1 series PU Unit Communications Unit CPU Unit PLC on network L Computer on network Communications Board Network Controller Link Ethernet etc The FINS commands available for CS CJ CP series CPU Units and NSJ Con trollers fall into the following broad categories Refer to the relative operation manuals for FINS commands addressed to other Units and Boards e O memory area reading and writing e Parameter area reading and writing e Program area reading and writing e Operating mode changes e Machine configuration reading e CPU Unit status reading e Time data access Message reading and clearing e Access rights acquisition and release e Error log reading and clearing e File operations Forced set reset Note When the Ethernet option board CP1W CIF41 is used a FINS command issued from a PLC or computer on the network can be received via the Ethernet optio
54. Command Command data The command is longer than Check the command format and format error too long the maximum permissible correct the command data length 02 Command Command data The command is shorter than Check the command format and too short the minimum permissible correct the command data length 03 Elements Command data The designated number of Check the number of elements and elements differs from the set data for each element match number of write data items 04 Command Command data An incorrect format was Check the command format and format error used correct the command data 05 Header Routing table Either the relay table in the Set the routing tables correctly data don t error local node or the local net work table in the relay node is incorrect 11 Parameter 01 Area classi Memory area The specified word does not Check the memory areas and error fication missing code in exist in the memory area or parameter codes in the command command data there is no EM Area and correct the command data 02 Access size Access size The access size specifica Check the memory areas and specification in tion is incorrect or an odd access size and correct the access command data word address is specified size 03 Address Starting address The start address in com Check the area being processed range error in command data mand process is beyond the and set the corre
55. Data link table There is an error in the file Check the contents of the file file 157 Command Lists Checkpoint Probable cause 20 Read not possible 21 Write not possible 158 s rt 03 Table miss Table ing The program area is pro Section 5 1 Release protection from a Program ming Device and then execute the command A table has not been regis Register a table tered There is an error in the table Correct the table 04 Data The search data does not missing exist 05 Program Program num missing ber in command A non existing program number has been specified Check the program numbers and specify a valid one data 06 File missing File name and The file does not exist at the Check the path and file name and file device specified file device correct them 07 Data Contents of mismatch memory being compared ERE A file read operation failed Check the contents of the file n mE 02 Protected Cannot write PLC Setup data link table Number of files in file device 03 Cannot register Number of files open 05 Program missing Program number in command data A data being compared is not Check memory contents and use The specified area is The program area is Writing is not possible because automatic data link table generation has been The file cannot be created because the limit has been
56. Destination node address 00 Internal communications in PLC 01 to FE Node address of Ethernet Unit with model number ending in ETN21 1 to 254 01 to 7E Node address of Ethernet Unit with other model number 1 to 126 01 to 3E Node address 1 to 62 for Controller Link unit address 10 to 1F menn Communications Unit unit address O to aiu setting 0 M 1 Not required Communications port 0 to 7 0 to 7 number Number of retries 0 to F 0 to 15 Response monitor time 0000 Default 2 s 0001 to FFFF 0 1 to 6 553 5 s unit 0 1 s Note To execute CMND 490 normally programming needs to be written to process the command received by the host computer and return the proper response 3 5 6 Command Format Received by the Host Computer FINS commands sent to the host computer are received at the host computer in the format shown below 55 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 56 Note Unit No No Render code Fe pence wait time DA2 SNA SA1 SA2 SID Command code Text 1 080 characters max L N FCS Terminator Unit Number The unit number of the Host Link port connected to the host computer is set Header Code The header code in FINS commands sent to the host computer is always set to OF ASCII 4F 46 Response Wait Time The response wait time in FINS commands sent to the host computer is fixed at to 0 ASCII AF 46 ICF Information Control Field
57. EROPE PRINT iERL i ERL ERR ERR CLOSE 1 END 65 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 3 6 Serial Gateway Overview 3 6 1 Overview FINS messages commands that are received are automatically converted into the corresponding protocol and then sent via serial communications The responses are also automatically converted FINS messages can be con verted into the following protocols e CompoWay F e Modbus RTU e Modbus ASCII e Host Link FINS FINS commands enclosed in Host Link header and ter minator Note Serial Communications Boards Units can receive FINS commands via a FINS network including Host Link FINS or via the CPU bus Applicable Units and Serial Communications Ports Command after Applicable Units and serial communications conversion ports CompoWay F CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 3 0 or later serial port C on the Controller Section of an NSJ Controller or serial port 1 or 2 on Option Board of CP series CPU Unit See note Serial communications port on Serial Communica tions Board Unit with unit version 1 2 or later Modbus RTU Serial communications port on Serial Communica tions Board Unit with unit version 1 2 or later or serial port 1 or 2 on Option Board of CP series CPU Unit See note Modbus ASCII Serial communications port on Serial Communica Host Link FINS tions Board Unit with unit version 1 2 or later Note Not possible when a CP1E CPU unit is used Using the CPU Unit
58. End code timer counter word designation Data break ON 1 OFF 0 word data BCD Ce s oe X 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 ad 2 22 X Word data FCS Terminator Bit data CIO LR AR HR WR ON OFF DM EM and other word Hex data Limitations The data is read in the same order in which it was registered with QQMR Execution Conditions Commands Responses PiCmos maa Singe Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG writeprotected Read protected ok Ne OK OK OK OK OK OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 19 not executable will be returned if there is no registered data 00 Nomacombeion OOO Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 4 3 37 ABORT XZ Aborts the Host Link command that is currently being processed allowing the next command to be received Command Format x10 x10 X zZ 4 y A Unit No BCD Header FCS Terminator code Limitations Multiple responses to a command can be cancelled with this command An FCS code and terminator are required End Codes The ABORT command does not receive a response 147 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 End Codes There are no end codes with this command There is no response If the ABORT command XZ is received when data is being sent from a serial port to
59. Ethernet etc Note 1 Host Link communications handle ASCII data so data is sent and received in ASCII Hexadecimal values in FINS command and response frames must therefore also be sent and received in ASCII when they are handled using Host Link communications 2 Whena FINS command sent from a host computer or the CPU Unit with the CMND instruction is received by a Serial Communications Board or Unit with version number Ver 1 2 or later that PLC acts as the Host Link Master and it can send the FINS command to a Slave PLC through the Host Link system 3 When the Ethernet option board CP1W CF41 is used a FINS command cannot be issued to Host Link via the Ethernet option board Serial Communications Unit Sends FINS Command 7777 Ver 1 2 or later CMND lum P LL ERE C o Serial M IC atewa INS Gateway Mu FINS PLC Host link Master Host link Host link header terminator dems Host link header Wu Wu NU Bn 3 5 2 Overview of Command and Response Frames When FINS commands and responses are sent or received using Host Link communications the frame must be preceded by a Host Link header and fol lowed by a Host Link FCS and terminator as shown below Host link terminator Command Frame Use the following format to send FINS command frames Host Link header meres Host Link terminator Note A FINS command frame also consists of the response wait time the destina tion node addre
60. Hastlink S Y SWAY Setting Select this option f Use SYSWAY with the port If using Hastlink S gt WAT calculated address will be Hostlink Unit reflected into Network number Number Enter the unit number for the Cancel HELF actual Host Link values are i incremented by 1 automatically Note When using the CX Programmer enter the actual Host Link unit number Do not add 1 to the value The CX Programmer will automatically add 1 internally Access from CX Programmer Connected to Network Network to Serial Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network 76 Personal computers e g CX Pro Required 1 CX Programmer ete grammer connected through the network to the PLC master can FINS message e cas access a PLC slave that is con User specfied Network Ethernet Controller nected serially to the PLC master via Host Link comman Link DeviceNet RS 422A 485 Host Link comman Used as Host Link Master CS CJ series or CVM1 CV series PLC Host Link Slave Note ne cil aan can be connected to other networks as shown be Network to Serial to Network Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network Personal computers e g CX Pro Required ex Hipareininat eto grammer connected through the network to the PLC master can access a PLC on another network Controle Line DeviceNal via a PLC slave that is c
61. Moi RN Ne bua lo Ne 0620 CYCLE TIME READ o2 QOCKWRIE m 0920 MESSAGEREAD LEAR No ocot ACCESSRIGHTACQURE mo 202 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Command Command name Command execution code while another device has access right zi ERRORDLEAR O No 21083 ERRORLOGOLEAR No 211 FINSWRITEACCESSLOGOLEAR no FILE NAME READ Ye mma FILE MEMORY FORMAT o gos FLEDELETE Ne mor rtEcom m ws FLENAMECHANGE NO MEMORY AREA FILE TRANSFER EE EM I O memory to file transfers only 2208 PARAMETER AREA FILE TRANSFER No 2200 PROGRAMAREA FILE TRANSFER No P5 OREATE DELETE DIRECTORY No 2220 MEMORY CASSETTE TRANSFER no Note ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE is used to prevent Programming Devices or other Units from taking the access right when more than one command is to be exe cuted in succession When finished always execute ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE 0C03 5 3 25 ACCESS RIGHT FORCED ACQUIRE 0C 02 Acquires the access right even if another device already holds it Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection OK OK Ye Ss a 2202 SINGLE FILE READ S Execution Conditions RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format oC rr FF xy Command Program code No Response Format PIN Command End code code
62. OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted INNO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY REPAIR OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED STORED INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION ABUSE MISUSE OR INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR xii Application Considerations SUITABILITY FOR USE OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards codes or regulations that apply to the combination of products in the customer s application or use of the products At the customer s request OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use that apply to the products This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the products in combination with the end product machine system or other application or use The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products e Outdoor use uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference or conditions or uses not described in this manual e Nuclear energy control systems combustion systems railroad systems a
63. PLCs connected to Required SEND OS0 the network can access a PLC on i another network via a PLC slave that is connected serially to the Serial Communications Board Unit Network Ethernet Controller via Host Link Link DeviceNet RS 422A 485 Host Link 1 CS CJ series or Used as Host CVM1 CV series PLC Link Master Host Link Slave Network Ethernet Controller Link DeviceNet Note 1 The FINS header contains the following information T Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 e Remote destination network address DNA e With routing tables that treat serial communications path as a network Network address corresponding to serial port in the routing tables e Without routing tables that treat serial communications path as a net work Unit address of serial port e Remote destination node address DA1 e With routing tables that treat serial communications path as a network Unit number for Host Link incremented by 1 1 to 32 e Without routing tables that treat serial communications path as a net work Unit number for Host Link incremented by 1 1 to 32 e Remote destination unit address DA2 Any unit address except that for the serial port The destination for the FINS message must not be the serial port of the Board Unit e FINS command code Any 2 When creating Host Link FINS command frames using the CMND 490 instruction always set the unit number for Host Link incremented by one 1 to 3
64. Page 161 Sentence added to first paragraph Reference added under old and new file names Page 167 Changes made to information under directory name 05 October 2001 Changes were made throughout the manual to include information for new products CS1G H CPULILIH and CJ1G H CPUL IL H In addition the following changes were made Page ix Table updated Pages 16 21 New models added Page 49 Response Wait Time description corrected Page 115 O6 Program missing corrected Page 117 02 Parity of checksum corrected Page 118 SFC removed from 01 No access right Page 120 Two illustrations added and top illustration reworded Page 125 Hex added Page 128 Notes added Page 132 Sentence added after table Page 135 Addition made to bottom of page Page 137 Sentence added toward end of 5 3 8 Pages 139 and 140 Number corrected at end of 5 3 10 and 5 3 11 Page 140 Number of bytes description corrected Page 141 All clear removed twice and execution changed to cyclic twice Page 143 Addition made to command format and sentence added to end of 5 3 14 Page 144 End of CPU Unit model and version description corrected Page 145 Always 23 added to table Page 151 Addition made to response format Page 161 Last two lines removed Page 162 End of 5 3 28 corrected Page 178 Note moved Page 179 Table column removed 241 Revision History August 2002 PC was
65. Remote network address 1 Serial communications A path network address Remote node address 2 Local PLC internal communications 00 hex 80 hex 128 decimal 3 Serial port unit address Calculated from unit number O port 1 Remote unit address Serial Communications Unit Board E g Unit number O port 1 Routing tables for treating serial PLC communications path as a network it Serial communications path CompoWay F Modbus Target OMRON Component or Modbus Slave 1 Network address To serial communications path network address A Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 Serial to Serial to Serial Conversion Without Routing Tables With Routing Tables Routing tables to enable the serial communications path to be treated as a network are optional Specify the addresses as shown in the following example Address Specification Address Contents _ Example Remote net PLC_1 serial port 89 hex 137 decimal work address unit address Calculated from Prec unit number 2 port 2 Remote node PLC_2 unit number for s 1 P Host Link 1 Remote unit PLC 2 serial port m hex 158 eet ssa u unt u Serial communications address unit address 0 port 1 path Host Link FINS Serial Communications Unit Board E g Unit number 2 port 1 PLC_1 No routing tables required to treat serial communications path as a network it 1 Network address
66. S 4 and the most significant digit of the CompoWay F command code s SRC 1 byte ASCII in the rightmost byte of S 4 Be sure to set the remaining data with this 1 byte offset as well 5 3 47 CONVERT TO MODBUS RTU COMMAND 28 04 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters When this command is sent to serial port 1 or 2 on an Option Board of a CP series CPU Unit or a serial port on a Serial Communications Unit Board ver sion 1 2 or later the CPU Unit or Serial Communications Unit Board removes the FINS header and sends the enclosed Modbus RTU command With this command OMRON components connected to a PLC through Mod bus RTU communications can be accessed from a PLC or PT by sending a FINS message containing a Modbus RTU command Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Slave Function Communications code address code data Command Endcode Slave Function Communications code address code data Command Slave Address Specify the Modbus RTU device address Set the address in hexadecimal between 01 and F7 hex 1 to 247 decimal Function Code Specify the function code of the Modbus RTU command Set the address in hexadecimal between 01 and FF hex 1 to 255 decimal Communications Data Specify the required parameters associated with the function code The amount of commu
67. SAGE slave initiated Note When using CVM1 or CV series built in ports or Host Link Units the response data format for the MS command STATUS READ is different from the format for other Units For details refer to 4 3 23 STATUS READ MS lt O O es lt Z i3 d n 3 n d oio d n o O o o o o o o o o o o o 24 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 Manuals for Host Link Operations PLC Product Model suffixes omitted Manual type Catalog No CS CJ Series Communications CPU Unit CJ2H CPUL I I EIP Reference commands C CJ2M CPUL IC Manual mode and FINS CS1G H CPULILIH CS1G H CPUL I EV1 CS1D CPUL I H CJ1M CPUL I CJ1G H CPUL I H CJ1G CPUL I CS1W SCB21 V1 41 V1 cations Unit CS1W SCU21 V1 Board CJ1W SCU21 41 CS1W SCU21 V1 Manual CJ1W SCU21 41 C200HX HG HE CPU Unit C200HX HG HE CPUL I Operation W303 E1 Manual C200HX HG HE CPUL IL Z Operation W322 E1 Manual C200HS CPU Unit C200HS CPUL I Operation W235 E1 Manual C Series Host Link Units C200H LK101 201 202 System W143 E1 C500 LK201 203 Manual 3G2A5 LK101 103 3G2A6 LK101 201 202 CQM1 CPU Unit CQM1 CPUL I Programming W228 E1 Manual CPM1 CPU Unit CPM1 LJIL JL JEJE Operation W262 E1 Manual CPM1A CPU Unit CPM1A L IL JE IL TL Operation W317 E1 Manual SRM1 CPU Unit SRM1 CL IL Operation W318 E1 Manual CVM1 and CPU Unit CVM1 CV CPUL IL Operat
68. Tells whether the command can be spit into multiple frames when there are more than 131 characters Responses Single Single response frames are used when there are 131 characters or less Responses Multiple Tells whether the response can be spit into multiple frames when there are more than 131 characters PLC Modes RUN Tells if the CPU Unit will accept the command when the CPU Unit is in RUN mode PLC Modes MONITOR Tells if the CPU Unit will accept the command when the CPU Unit is in MONI TOR mode PLC Modes PROGRAM Tells if the CPU Unit will accept the command when the CPU Unit is in PRO GRAM mode UM Area Write protected Tells if the CPU Unit will accept the command when the UM Area is write pro tected using the DIP switch on the CPU Unit UM Area Read protected Tells if the CPU Unit will accept the command when the UM Area is read pro tected using a Programming Device Note 1 WR Area words cannot be read or written using C mode commands 2 Timers 2048 to 4095 and counters 2048 to 4095 cannot be read or written and their SV cannot be read or written using C mode commands 3 D10000 to D32767 and E10000 to E32767 cannot be read or written using C mode commands 4 SV can be read and written only in cyclic task 0 Also timer SV can be read and written only when the timer number is not indirectly addressed 4 3 2 CIO AREA READ RR Heads the contents of the specified number of CIO words starting from the spe
69. Unit has a code assigned to it consisting of two ASCII charac ters two bytes These codes are given in the numerical order according to the unit number of the CPU Bus Units unit O to 15 1st byte s 32nd byte mE 64th byte ID for No O ID for No 1 ID for No 15 Heserved for system 32 bytes ID Format Bits 00 to 14 Model ID Bit 15 Unit presence 1 Present 0 Not present Remote I O data response The number of SYSMAC BUS Master Units mounted in remote I O systems is returned in a single byte 00 to 02 hex as follows 00 No of SYSMAC BUS Masters mounted second byte Always 00 Hex first byte 191 FINS Commands Section 5 3 CPU Unit information response The total number of racks CPU Racks Expansion I O Racks connected to the CPU Unit is returned in a single byte 8 bits of data in the configuration shown below Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O0 Not used Number of Racks connected to the CPU Unit CPU Rack Expansion I O Racks 1 to 8 Hex End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes 5 3 16 CONNECTION DATA READ 05 02 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters 192 Reads the model number of the specified Units Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection protection protection RUN
70. a single element The data for the element is expressed in one byte ON 01 hex OFF 00 hex When data is written this byte is transmitted When data is read this byte is returned 00 Hex OFF 01 Hex ON 163 Designating Command Parameters Section 5 2 164 Bit Data with Forced Status When bits are designated each bit is considered as one element The data for each element is expressed in one byte 8 bits Bit OO indicates the specified bit data and bit 01 indicates the forced status When reading this one byte is returned L Bit 00 0 OFF 1 ON Bit 01 0 No forced status 1 Forced status Word Designations When words are designated each word is considered a single element The data for the element is expressed in two bytes Bits O to 15 correspond to bits 0 to 15 of each word When data is written these two bytes are transmitted for each word When data is read these two bytes are returned Bits O to 7 Bits 8 to 15 Word Data With Forced Status Data Present Value 4 Bytes Word data PV bits O to 7 Ath byte Word data PV bits 8 to 15 3rd byte Word data PV bits O to 7 forced status 2nd byte Word data PV bits 8 to 15 forced status 1st byte 0 Not forced 1 Forced Current EM Bank Number 2 Bytes Bit 15 0 EM not used or all banks converted to file memory 1 EM used Bi
71. allocated address code ASCII code n characters ASCII code ASCII code or error code 2 characters 2 characters 4 bytes 4 bytes or local network node address 3 7 4 Host Link FINS Command Frame Frame before Conversion pm FINS header pm e e Remote Remote Remote MRC SRC network node unit address address address Serial port i i User specified allocated for Host except address Link serial or serial 1 port port unit 1 to 32 unit address address Frame after Conver amp ton Host Host Link Link header header zode Unit No for FINS header FINS FINS text Host Link command 0 to 31 89 Communications Frames Section 3 7 Response Frame Frame before Conversion Host Etc Error Host Link Link check Terminator header header code code Unit No for FA FINS header FINS End code FINS text Host Link command 0 to 31 Bed FINS header Bed End code code FINStext O text Remote Remote Remote Etc MRC xem network node unit address address address DNA DA1 DA2 Serial port Unit No User specified allocated for Host address Link or serial t 1 port unit 1 to 32 address 3 7 5 Sending Commands Using the CMND 490 Instruction Use the following method to send FINS commands to the Serial Communica tions Board Unit from the PLC Setting CMND 490 Operands S Operand e Set the FINS command code 2803 2804 2805 hex in S e Set
72. and terminator are placed after the command format before sending the command from the host computer Execution Conditions The Execution Conditions tables given for each command tell whether the CPU Unit can or cannot receive commands when it is in RUN MONITOR or PROGRAM mode when another device has the access right when command protection is in effect and when the DIP switch is protected Access Right at Other The Access right at other device column tells whether the CPU Unit can or Device cannot receive a command when another device has the access right to the CPU Unit Note The access right is the exclusive right of access to a particular device the CPU Unit in this case which prevents interruption by another device i e another Peripheral Device or Unit when multiple commands are executed When another device has the access right the local device cannot execute commands marked by a No in the Access right at other device column Conversely other devices cannot execute this command when the local device has the access right UM Read Protection The UM read protection column tells whether the CPU Unit can or cannot receive the command when UM user memory is protected from a Peripheral Device DIP Switch UM write The DIP switch UM protection column tells whether the CPU Unit can or can Protection not receive a command when UM is write protected by turning ON pin 1 of the DIP switch on the CPU Unit s front panel N
73. another ACQUIRE device already holds it m ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE Releases the access right that has been acquire 01 ERROR CLEAR See note 02 ERROR LOG READ Reads the error log ERROR LOG CLEAR See note Clears all error log records OC OC OC 21 21 21 FINS write access log FINS Commands Section 1 3 FINS WRITE ACCESS LOG READ The CPU Unit automatically keeps a log of any access for FINS write commands This command reads this log 21 1 FINS WRITE ACCESS LOG Clears the FINS write access log CLEAR See note File memory MESSAGE READ CLEAR Heads and clears messages and reads FAL FALS messages FILE NAME READ Reads file device data SINGLE FILE READ Heads a specified length of file data from a specified position within a single file 03 SINGLE FILE WRITE See note Writes a specified length of file data from a specified position within a single file FILE MEMORY FORMAT See Formats initializes the file device note FILE DELETE See note Deletes specified files stored in the file device FILE COPY See note Copies files from one file device to another file device in the same system 08 le name FILE NAME CHANGE See note Changes a file name MEMORY AREA FILE TRANSFER Transfers or compares data between the I O See note memory area and the file device PARAMETER AREA FILE TRANS Transfers or compares data between the FER See note parameter area and the file device PROGRAM
74. appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in the following locations Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise e Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity e Locations close to power supplies The operating environment of the PLC System can have a large effect on the longevity and reliability of the system Improper operating environments can lead to malfunction failure and other unforeseeable problems with the PLC System Be sure that the operating environment is within the specified condi tions at installation and remains within the specified conditions during the life of the system Application Precautions 5 Application Precautions Observe the following precautions when using the PLC System e You must use the CX Programmer programming software that runs on Windows if you need to program more than one task A Programming Console can be used to program only one cyclic task plus interrupt tasks A Programming Console can however be used to edit multitask pro grams originally created with the CX Programmer N WARNING Always heed these precautions Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to serious or possibly fatal injury e Always connect to a ground of 100 or less when installing the Units Not connecting to a ground of 100 Q or less may result in electric shock A ground of 100 Q or l
75. classification is returned in ASCII to this parameter SV Word Address Response The constant SV or the word address in which it is stored is returned to this parameter Timers T2048 to T4095 and counters C2048 to C4095 cannot be read The SV of the first timer counter found after the designated program address will be read If the SV is outside of range for the timer counter type or number an end code of 16 command not supported will be returned If the SV is a DM or EM indirect address only indirect BCD designations will be read and an end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the indirect designation is not BCD SV can be read only from cyclic task O End Codes 126 An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the program address is not specified in BCD or if the timer counter type or number is out of range including hexadecimal data An end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the specified instruction does not exist in the program 0 iomann O C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 20 TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 1 Wit Changes the SV of the designated timer counter instruction to a new constant SV Command Format x10 x 109 W OP1 OP2 OP3 OPA x10 x10 x 10 x 109
76. consult with your OMRON representative before applying a PLC System to the above mentioned appli cations 3 Safety Precautions N WARNING The CPU Unit refreshes I O even when the program is stopped i e even in PROGRAM mode Confirm safety thoroughly in advance before changing the status of any part of memory allocated to I O Units Special I O Units or CPU Bus Units Any changes to the data allocated to any Unit may result in unex pected operation of the loads connected to the Unit Any of the following oper ation may result in changes to memory status e Transferring I O memory data to the CPU Unit from a Programming Device Changing present values in memory from a Programming Device Force setting resetting bits from a Programming Device e Transferring I O memory files from a Memory Card or EM file memory to the CPU Unit e Transferring I O memory from a host computer or from another PLC on a network N WARNING Do not attempt to take any Unit apart or touch the inside of any Unit while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock XVI Safety Precautions 3 N WARNING N WARNING N WARNING N Caution N Caution N Caution Do not touch any of the terminals or terminal blocks while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Do not attempt to disassemble repair or modify any Units Any attempt to do so may result in malfunction fire or electri
77. corrected for CMND 490 03 April 2000 Page 26 Internal communications setting added for DA1 and SA1 Page 28 Values for node address changed in table Page 37 Last two sentences removed from SA2 description 04 May 2001 Changes were made throughout the manual to include information for new products CJ1G CPU44 45 and CJ1W SCU41 In addition the following changes were made Page 15 Information on words per frame and the response format for MS commands added Page 18 Note added after first table Page 45 Information on formats for commands to and responses from the host computer added Page 57 Information on end code 23 changed Page 60 Description of UM Area Read protected changed Page 63 Information added under Limitations Page 85 Text under second format diagram changed Page 88 Some error names in the response format diagram changed Page 118 Information on volume labels and file names changed Page 125 Information under Comments changed Page 131 Command format diagram changed Pages 154 157 158 160 161 163 164 166 167 Description of directory length changed Pages 155 157 158 160 161 163 165 166 167 Description of absolute directory path changed Page 156 Information on attribute and date and time added 12 bytes removed from response format diagram Pages 158 160 Reference added under file name Page 160 Second paragraph under Comments removed
78. designation involves the designation of the memory area code and the address within the memory area code e Memory area codes are designated in one byte two digits hexadecimal as shown in the table in 5 2 2 I O Memory Address Designations e Addresses within memory area codes consist of a total of three bytes six digits hexadecimal Of these two bytes four digits hexadecimal desig nate the word and one byte two digits hexadecimal designates the bit I O memory address Memory area code Address within I O memory area designation designation 4 bytes 8 digits hexa gt 1 byte 2 digits hex 2 bytes 4 digits hex 1 byte 2 digits hex decimal Memory area code Set by classification From 0000 hex 00 to OF hex word bit in order CIO WR etc Upper limit depends Note Always 00 hex Note Also possible on memory area for word address and with forced status code Timer Counter Com pletion Flags Example Example Example Example Bit 13 of CIO 0010 CIO 30 hex 0010 000A in hexa Bit 13 OD in hexadec 30000A0D hex decimal imal Example I O memory reading Bit 13 of CIO 0010 i e CIO 001013 is read Read address I O memory area designation Area CIO Data type Bit Command code Example Reading W005 o EN Ld Lo L Read address I O memory designation Area WR Data type Word Command code Element Data Bit Designations Configurations When bits are designated each bit is considered
79. given in the following table I O Memory Area Codes Refer to 5 2 2 I O Memory Address Designations for the specific addresses that can be used Data command opecify the data to be written to the memory area starting from the beginning address The data to be written should consist of two bytes For details regarding data configuration refer to Element Data Configurations on page 163 End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes If the number of items is designated as 0000 hex a normal completion end code will be returned without the write operation being executed The MEMORY AREA FILL command can be executed regardless of the CPU Unit s operating mode It is the user s responsibility to program steps to pro hibit this command from being executed when the CPU Unit is in RUN mode if such protection is necessary Execute CPU UNIT STATUS READ command code 0601 to read the CPU Unit s mode Refer to 5 3 17 CPU UNIT STATUS READ 06 07 When data is written to the Timer Counter PV Area the Completion Flags will be turned OFF 0 Data cannot be written if the address is out of range If the specified area is force set or reset clear the force set reset to write the data I O Memory Area Codes 176 Data type CS CJ mode CV mode Bytes per memory area memory area element code code C o CIO Area Word B Holding Bit Area e eoo Auxiliary Bit Area S DM DMAra si DM J MWa o
80. in the user applications e g in the host computer The GCT is for system use only and verification may fail if attempted from a user application This is particularly important for CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 2 0 or later CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller 3 4 Settings for Sending FINS Commands Command format Settings for sending FINS commands Network address m Address 1 Node address Unit address Other Hesponse required not required Number of retries See note 1 m Communications port No See note 1 r Response monitor time See note 1 Gateway count See note 2 Note 1 Setthese as operands when executing CMND 490 2 Do not set the gateway count when using CMND 490 34 Settings for Sending FINS Commands Section 3 4 3 4 1 FINS Command and Response Formats Command Format Response Format As shown below the command format basically consists of the command code four digits hexadecimal and parameters text Command code See note Text Various kinds of data 2 bote oe The length depends on the command code ytes Note The command code is a 2 byte code that expresses the content of the com mand A FINS command must begin with a 2 byte command code If there is also text it is added after the command code Command for Reading I O Memory Memory area area Beginning read read Number
81. is for system use do not access it For a CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 2 0 or later CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller CX Programmer version 4 0 or higher can be used to set rout ing tables that start the GCT at 07 hex For a CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 3 0 or later CX Programmer CX Net Ver 5 0 or higher can be used to set routing tables that start the GCT at either 07 Hex or 02 Hex For details refer to 1 4 2 Communications through a Maximum of 8 Network Levels in the CS Series PLC Operation Manual or the CJ Series PLC Operation Manual DNA Destination network address Specify within the following ranges hex 00 Local network 01to 7F Remote network address decimal 1 to 127 DA1 Destination node address Specify within the following ranges hex 00 Internal communications in local PLC 01to 20 Node address in Controller Link Network 1 to 32 decimal 01to FE Ethernet 1 to 254 decimal for Ethernet Units with model numbers ending in ETN21 FF Broadcast transmission DA2 Destination unit address Specify within the following ranges hex 00 CPU Unit FE Controller Link Unit or Ethernet Unit connected to network 10to 1F CPU Bus Unit E1 Inner Board SNA Source network address Specify within the following ranges hex 00 Local network 01to 7F Remote network 1 to 127 decimal 33 Settings for Sending FINS Commands Section 3 4 SA1 Source node address Specify within the fol
82. is not occurring a normal end code will be returned If the present error is one that can only be cleared when the CPU Unit is in PROGRAM mode it will not be possible to clear itin MONITOR or RUN mode The cause of the error must be removed before executing ERROR CLEAR command code 2101 or the same error will immediately occur again after the command is executed 5 3 28 ERROR LOG READ 21 02 Reads the PLC s error log Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection Execution Conditions Command Format RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 207 FINS Commands 21 02 Command Beginning No of code record No records Response Format 21 02 10 bytes Command Endcode Max No of No of No of Error log SON code stored records stored records data records Parameters Beginning record number command Section 5 3 10 yes Error log data Specify the first record to be read The first record number is 0000 hex Number of records command response Specify the number of records to read The number of read records will be returned with the response Maximum number of stored records response Indicates the maximum number of records that can be stored Always 20 records Number of stored records response Indicates the number of records recorded at the time the command is exe cut
83. mode FCS error Format error Entry number data error Frame length error Not executable Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error User memory protected Aborted due to FCS error in transmit data Aborted due to format error in transmit data Aborted due to entry number data error in transmit data Aborted due to frame length error in transmit data 4 3 34 I O TABLE GENERATE MI Corrects the registered I O table to match the actual I O table Command Format x10 x109 M S 4 N A Unit No BCD Header FCS Terminator l code Response Format x10 x 109 M x 16 x 16 x 4 1 Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Limitations The UM write protected end code for this command is different from that of the other commands Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAea Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Wrtesrotected Read protected OK Ne OK No No No OK No OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect End code Hex 00 Normal completion Not executable in RUN mode Not executable in MONITOR mode UM write protected 13 FCS error 144 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 35 REGISTER I O MEMORY QQMR Pre registers to the table all of the I O memory area bits words a
84. no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication NSJ Series ki EE Ex CS1 H CPU Units CJ2 CPU Units N CJ2H CPU Units CJ2H CPUGLI EIP CJ2H CPU6 NSJ Controllers NSJ5 TQ NSJ5 SQ NSJ8 TV NSJ10 TV NSJ12 TSLIL B G5D CS1H CPUL LH CS1G CPULILIH CS1D CPU Unit A1 nits a CS1D CPU Units for Duplex Systems CS1D CPUL T 1H CJ2M CPU Units ES CJ2M CPU3 CJ2M CPU1 NSJ Controllers CS1D CPU Units for NSJ5 TQUIL B M3D Simplex Systems NSJ5 SQUIL B M3D ane P 1D CPU NSJ8 TVOO B M3D CS1D Process control CPU Units ssor P y T CS1 CPU Units CJ1M CPU Units fer CJ1 CPU Units Era CJ series Basic I O Units CS1H CPULIL V CS1G CPULIL V
85. of data bytes to be transferred or compared Always FFFFFFFF hex Disk number command The classification of the file memory where the file to be transferred or com pared is registered is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory File name command Specify the name of the file to be transferred or compared For details on the configuration refer to page 168 Data length response When data is transferred the data length parameter indicates the number of bytes that have been transferred When data is compared this parameter indi cates the amount of data that was compared with no errors or the number of bytes compared in a normal completion Directory length response Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length Absolute directory path response Indicates the absolute path from the root directory It begins with BC hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes The clock data upon completion of a program area to file memory transfer will be recorded as the date of the file that has bee
86. of of e eee ew ew ew amp lee o ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew m ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew ew oo o m d Command code The following data would read 10 words Ten from D00010 01 01 Hex EEPTMETINIEPYTN 00 OA 00 Hex 000A Hex Hex mU Command Memory area First read Number of code code address read elements N a Parameters As shown below the response format basically consists of the command code four digits hexadecimal end code and parameters text Command code 2 bytes 4 digits hexadecimal The length depends on the command code End code See note Text Various kinds of data Note The end code is a 2 byte code that shows the command execution result The first byte shows the general category and the second byte shows the detailed results Example g from O Tum e ewe ew ew ew c lee ew o momo momo ew eM eM o ol ooo ooo mom om mom momo mom d Command code End code Text Actual response data would be as follows Command Response Text 10 words 20 bytes code code of read data 35 Settings for Sending FINS Commands Section 3 4 3 4 2 Addresses in FINS Commands FINS commands are transmitted across networks and to various devices via network nodes Designate the addresses as follows e Designate the device from which the command is to be sent the network that the device is
87. of the CPU Unit mode It is the user s responsibility to program steps to prohibit this command from being executed when the CPU Unit is in HUN mode if such protection is necessary Execute CPU UNIT STATUS READ command code 0601 to read the CPU Unit s mode Refer to 5 3 17 CPU UNIT STATUS READ 06 01 If data is written to the Timer Counter PV Area the Completion Flags will not be turned OFF The CPU Unit clock data upon completion of MEMORY AREA FILE TRANS FER command code 220A will be recorded as the date of the file that has been transferred Files cannot be overwritten when transferring data from a memory area to file memory End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes 5 3 40 PARAMETER AREA FILE TRANSFER 22 0B Execution Conditions Command Format Compares or transfers data between the parameter area and the file memory Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection mE RN No OK OK See note RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OK See note OK See note Note Data cannot be transferred from file memory to the parameter area 22 OB 12 bytes ate Command Parameter Parameter Beginning No of Disk No File name Day Absolute directory code code area code address items length path Parameter area specification File specification 222 FINS Commands Response Forma
88. on and the node through which the command is to tran sit e Designate the device to which the command is to be sent the network the device is on and the node through which command is to transit Addresses must be provided for the network node and device unit to iden tity them FINS commands include these addresses the transmission source and destination addresses in the command response frames Addresses for FINS Commands Address Designation method CMND 490 operand Designation in frame designation when frame is created Network address 1 to 127 01 to 7F Hex Local s address Do Hex Node address 1 to 254 01 to FE Hex See note Note The node addresses differ for each network Internal Communications in PLC 00 Hex For Controller Link 01 to 3E Hex 1 to 62 For Ethernet Units with model numbers ending in ETN21 01 to FE Hex 1 to 254 For Ethernet Units with other model numbers 01 to 7E Hex 1 to 126 Unit address CPU Unit 00 Hex CPU Bus Unit Unit No 10 Hex Special I O Unit Unit No 20 Hex nner Board E1 Hex Computer 01 Hex Unit connected to network FE Hex Devices on the Same Network Example Address Source address See note 1 Destination address See note 2 FINS command Example value FINS command Example value symbol symbol Newokaddess Sna Node address sm DiHex m BH Unit address Note 1 The transmission source address will be automatically incorporated into
89. once allocations duplication OF Memory Status of mem A memory error has occurred For internal memory write the cor error ory being in internal memory a mem rect data and then execute the com processed ory card or EM file memory mand For a memory card or EM file mem ory the file data has been destroyed Execute the FILE MEM ORY FORMAT command If the problem persists replace the memory 10 SYSMAC Terminators have not been Set the terminators correctly BUS termina set tor missing 160 Command Lists Section 5 1 Checkpoint Probable cause 01 No protec Command The specified area is not An attempt was made to clear tion protection for protected protection on an area that is not 26 Command error program area protected i e there is no reason to clear protection 02 Incorrect An incorrect password has Specify the correct password password been specified 04 Protected The specified area is Clear protection from a protected Programming Device and then execute the command Number of com The node receiving the Wait for current processing to end mands being command is already process or force the end of a current executed ing 5 commands process and then execute the command The service is being Wait for the service to end or force executed the end of the service and then exe cute the command 05 Service already executing 06 Service The service i
90. or Unit with Version Number 1 2 or Later The Serial Communications Boards and Units with version number 1 2 or later can be set to operate in 1 1 Host Link mode so a host computer program developed for a 1 1 Host Link with C series PLCs C200H C1000H and C2000H can be reused in a CS CJ Series Host Link The 1 1 Host Link for 20 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 mat can be selected with the 1 N format 1 1 format setting in the allocated DM Area settings Host link Applicable PLC models format 1 N format With this Host Link C Series Only the 1 N Host Link format is sup format the connec SRM1 built in ports ported by the built in ports on CPU tion configuration ae Units of CS CJ C200HS C200HX HG host PLC canbe CPM1 built in ports HE CPMO and CQM10 PLCs as well either 1 1 or 1 N CPM1A built in ports as the ports on Host Link Units and Earlier versions of CQM1 CPULIL built in ports Serial Communications Boards these Boards Units CoooHs CPULT built in ports supported only the ND 1 N format C200HX HG HE CPUL I built in ports C200HW COMI I Communications Board ports CS CJ Series CJ2H CPUL I I EIP built in ports CJ2M CPU1L built in ports CJ2M CPUGSI Serial Option Board CS1G H CPUIL l H built in ports CS1G H CPUIL l EV1 built in ports CS1D CPUI l lH built in ports CJ1G H CPUL J H built in ports CJ1G CPUL IL built in ports CJ1M CPUL I built in ports Earl
91. s UM is write protected Turn OFF pin 1 of the CPU Unit s DIP switch SW1 04 Address over The program address setting in an Check the program read or write command is above the highest program address Not executable in PROGRAM mode The command that was sent cannot This code is not currently used be executed when the PLC is in PROGRAM mode FCS error The FCS is wrong Check the FCS calculation method If there was influence from noise transfer the command again Entry number data error The data is outside of the specified Correct the data and transfer the range or too long command again Hexadecimal data has not been specified Command not supported The operand specified in an SV Check search data or the search Read or SV Change command does starting point not exist in the program 14 Format error The command format is wrong ora Check the format and transfer the command that cannot be divided has command again been divided or the frame length is smaller than the minimum length for the applicable command 103 End Codes Frame length error Not executable Could not create I O table Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error See note i User memory protected Aborted due to FCS error in trans mission data Aborted due to format error in transmission data Aborted due to entry number data error in transmission data Aborted due to frame length error in transmission data The maximum frame
92. sequence is returned e Terminator Two characters indicating the end of the command and CR CHR 13 are returned If a reception error or an error in executing the command occurs a response is returned with no text uiu Lu End code hexadecimal Header code Unit number BCD If a command is longer than 131 characters the command s text is partitioned by sending a delimiter CR code CHR 13 instead of a terminator at the end of each command frame until the last one A terminator is sent at the end of the last frame The procedure is given below for three command frames When sending command frames for writing WR WL WC WD etc be care ful not to partition into separate frames data that is to be written into the same Word 1 From the host computer attach a delimiter CR at the end of command frame 1 and send the frame 2 When the PLC receives this delimiter CR it will return only a delimiter CR to the host computer 3 From the host computer attach a delimiter CR at the end of command frame 2 and send the frame 4 When the PLC receives this delimiter CR it will return only a delimiter CR to the host computer 5 From the host computer attach a terminator CR at the end of command frame 3 and send the frame 6 When the PLC receives this terminator CH it will return the response format with a terminator CH attached to the end Command Response Formats Section 2 2
93. status piocesstid XX INITIALIZE command only Initializes the transfer control procedures for all Host Link Units IC Undefined command response This is the response when the command header only code cannot be decoded 101 C mode Command List Section 4 1 C mode Command Force Conditions Header i Multiple Single Multiple UM UM code frame frame frame write read command response response protect protect ene ue I ju fe fee ee epee RD DMAREAREAD Valid Not valid vaia Vaid vaia vaia vaia Valid Valo valid valid valid valid valid valid valid R SV READ 1 Valid Not valid Valid Not valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Not valid SV READ 2 Valid Not valid Valid Not valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Not valid R SV READ 3 Valid Not valid Valid Not valid Valid Valid Valid Valid Not valid W SV CHANGE 1 Valid Not valid Valid Not valid Not Valid Valid Not Not valid valid valid W SV CHANGE 2 Valid Not valid Valid Not valid Not Valid Valid Not Not valid valid valid W SV CHANGE 3 Valid Not valid Valid Not valid Not Valid Valid Not Not valid valid valid MS STATUSREAD Vaid Not valid Vaid Notvaid Sc STATUS CHANGE vaid Net vaio Vaid Nota Vei vai vaid vaid vali valid valid alli isi Valid Not valid Valid Not valid Not Valid Valid Valid haai FORCED valid SET RESET FORCED SET T valid a m valid be a ull udi RESET CANCEL m ee READ
94. table is created to treat the serial communications path as a network the routing table associates this network address with the Serial Communications Unit or Board s serial port e When a routing table is not created to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the unit address of the Serial Communica tions Unit or Board s serial port Destination Node Address DA1 e When a routing table is created to treat the serial communications path as a network the node address is the Host Link unit number 1 val ues 1 to 32 e When a routing table is not created to treat the serial communications path as a network the node address is still the Host Link unit number 1 values 1 to 32 Destination Unit Address DA2 Specifies any unit address other than the serial port The destination of a FINS message must be an address other than the Serial Communications Unit or Board s serial port Command Lists Section 5 1 5 1 2 FINS Command Restrictions Type ea PLC status icu RUN MONI PRO mode TOR GRAM mode mode TO memory V WENORVIRERRERD OK px pK OR a a 4 MULTIPLE MEMORY AREA READ 5 MEMORY AREA Disabled TRANSFER Parameter 02 1 PARAMETER AREA area access READ 2 PARAMETER AREA Disabled OK Disabled Disabled WRITE 3 PARAMETER AREA Disabled OK Disabled Disabled CLEAR PROGRAM AREA Disabled OK READ 7 PROGRAM AREA Disabled Disabled OK Disabled OK Disabled Disabled WRITE PROGRAM AR
95. that are being sent to a host computer to which multiple CPU Units are connected Considerations when Sending Commands from a CPU Unit Consider the following items when using instructions SEND 090 HECV 098 and CMND 490 to send commands from the CPU Unit 49 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 1 2 3 1 SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 executed by the CPU Unit are converted to the same format for FINS commands that are sent to CPU Units on networks 2 Aprogram must be created to process the commands received by the host computer 3 When instructions SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 are exe cuted in a CPU Unit some of the control data settings will be different Re fer to the relevant instruction specifications 3 5 5 Sending Commands from the CPU Unit Send 090 50 When controls are being implemented by sending commands from the local CPU Unit or another CPU Unit on a network to a host computer three instruc tions can be used in the user program SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 Memory area data can be sent from the CPU Unit to the host computer by using SEND 090 Command Format Received by the Host Computer The FINS command transmitted to the host computer when SEND 090 is executed is MEMORY AREA WHITE command code 0102 The command format received by the host computer is as shown in the following diagram Refer to MEMORY AREA WRITE 0102 in Section 5 FINS Commands for de
96. the CPU Unit is in PROGRAM mode All words in the specified parameter area must be written at the same time to ensure complete data A maximum of 498 words can be written with each command Nothing will be written if more than 498 words are specified To write larger parameter areas use multiple commands and specify the begin ning word for each Except for the routing table area each area must be read or written in its entirety 5 3 9 PARAMETER AREA CLEAR 02 03 Note Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters Writes all zeros to the specified number of consecutive parameter area words to clear the previous data The I O table can be cleared only when the CPU Unit is in PROGRAM mode Some PLC Setup parameters cannot be written in RUN or MONITOR mode Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection No OK No No RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 02 03 00 00 00 00 Command Parameter Beginning No of Data code area code word words 02 03 Command End code code Parameter area code command Specify the parameter area to clear Beginning word command Always 0000 Number of words command Specify the number of words to clear One word 16 bits If the number of write words is set to 0000 no words will be written and a normal end code will be returned 1
97. the data without spaces see note following the FINS command code in S 1 onwards Note Frames are set in the same order as in I O memory from leftmost to rightmost byte without blank bytes 00 hex C Operand C 2 bits 00 to 07 Send destination network address e With routing tables that treat serial communications path as a network Network address corresponding to serial port in the routing tables e Without routing tables that treat serial communications path as a network e CompoWay F Modbus Depends on the system configuration e Host Link FINS Always set the unit address of the serial port C 3 bits 08 to 15 Remote destination node address e CompoWay F Modbus e With routing tables that treat serial communications path as a network 00 hex indicates local PLC communications e Without routing tables that treat serial communications path as a net work Node address for specifying the actual remote PLC e Host Link FINS e Host Link unit number incremented by one 1 to 32 C 3 bits 00 to 07 Send destination unit address e CompoWay F Modbus Always set the unit address of the serial port 90 Communications Frames Section 3 7 Note Use either of the following methods to specify the serial port using the CMND 490 instruction e Set 80 81 hex 4 x unit number directly as the serial port unit address in the send destination unit address bits 00 to 07 of C 3 With this method set the serial port number physical po
98. the frame if the FINS command is sent with CMND 490 If sending the 36 Settings for Sending FINS Commands Section 3 4 FINS command by Host Link communications then put the source ad dress in the message 2 Set the transmission destination address in the control code C operand if sending the FINS command with CMND 490 If sending the FINS com mand by Host Link communications then put the destination address in the message Devices on Different Networks Example For CPU Unit 00 Hex Address level Source address See note 1 Destination address See note 2 FINS command Example value FINS command Example value symbol symbol Network address Node address Unit address Note 1 The transmission source address will be automatically incorporated into the frame if the FINS command is sent with CMND 490 If sending the FINS command by Host Link communications then put the source ad dress in the message 2 Setthe transmission destination address in the control code C operand if sending the FINS command with CMND 490 If sending the FINS com mand by Host Link communications then put the destination address in the message Unit Addresses Set the unit address for the following purposes To identify the Unit when there is more than one device connected at the same node on a network To identify the type of device CPU Unit CPU Bus Unit etc at the desti nation Note The meanings of FINS commands wil
99. to 32 for the remote destination send destination node address word C 3 bits 08 to 15 of the CMND 490 instruction Do not set the unit num ber of the actual Host Link slave 0 to 31 Using the Host Link unit number without incrementing by one will access the PLC with the entered Host Link unit number less one For example specify remote PLC with Host Link unit number 2 by entering 3 for the remote destination node address If the 2 is entered the PLC with Host Link unit number 1 will be accessed To access a PLC on a Host Link FINS network using the Serial Gateway from CX Programmer however enter the actual Host Link unit number without incrementing by one Select Change PLC click the Display Seri al Gateway Guide Button and set unit number in the Host Link SYSWAY Settings field of the Serial Gateway Guide dialog box Sending Modbus ASCII Commands e Set the FINS command code of 2805 hex in S indicating conversion to Modbus RTU e In S 1 onwards set the slave address 2 bytes ASCII FUNCTION code 2 bytes ASCII communications data 2 x n bytes ASCII from leftmost bytes to rightmost bytes using ASCII Sending CompoWay F Commands e Set the FINS command code of 2803 hex in S indicating conversion to CompoWay F e In S 1 onwards set the CompoWay F node number 2 bytes ASCII sub address 2 bytes ASCII SID 1 byte ASCII CompoWay F com mand MRC 2 bytes ASCII CompoWay F command SRC 2 bytes 96 Communic
100. to distinguish standard PLC 1 Network address To N 2 Node address To m FINS Commu nications Unit CPU Unit 3 Unit address Serial communications path B iene port aan CompoWay F Modbus address e g ex Target OMRON Component or Modbus Slave 81 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 With Routing Tables Specify the addresses as shown in the following example 2 Node address Local PLC internal communications To 00 hex Serial to Serial Conversion 5 E zs s O e zZ iL 3 Unit address To serial port unit address e g 80 hex f D e c 2 w 2 c 2 2 am O Address Specification Address Contents Example Remote network address 1 Serial communications A path network address Remote node address 2 Local PLC internal communications 00 hex 80 hex 128 decimal Calculated from Unit No 0 port 1 Remote unit address 3 Serial port unit address FINS network Serial Communications Unit Board Z il E g Unit number O port 1 PLC Routing tables for treating serial communications path as a network 2 Network Unit number address 80 hex 128 decimal A Calculated from Unit No 0 port 1 i Serial communications path poWay F Modbus 1 Network address To serial communications path network address A Target OMRON Component or Modbus Slave Routing tables to enable the serial communications path to be
101. word Timer counter SV reading TIMER COUNTER SV READ 1 Reads in four digits BCD the constant SV that is written as an operand of the designated timer counter instruction TIMER COUNTER SV READ 2 Finds the specified timer counter instruction begin ning with the designated program address and reads the constant SV in four digits or the word in which the SV is stored R TIMER COUNTER SV READ 3 Finds the specified timer counter instruction begin ning with the designated program address and reads the constant SV in four digits BCD or the word in which the SV is stored 100 C mode Command List Section 4 1 Type Header code Timer counter SV Wit TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 1 NEN NN the SV timer counter number S of the changing specified timer counter instruction to a new constant SV Finds the specified timer counter instruction begin ning with the designated program address in the user program and changes the constant SV in four digits BCD or the word in which the SV is stored to a new constant SV or storage word TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 2 W TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 3 Finds the specified timer counter instruction begin ning with the designated program address in the user program and changes the constant SV in four digits BCD or the word in which the SV is stored to a new constant SV or storage word CPU Unit status STATUS READ Reads the CPU Unit s operating conditions oe ing mode forced set re
102. x 10 x10 x 10 x 10 x J N s Unit No BCD Header End code Read data 1 word FCS Terminator code Head data for number of words read Limitations The text portion of the response s first frame can contain up to 30 words If more than 30 words are read the data will be returned in multiple frames In the second and later frames the text portion of the response can contain up to 31 words The INITIALIZE and ABORT commands can be sent instead of the delimiter for multiple responses for this command If other commands are sent they will be treated as delimiters Designate 0000 to 2047 for timers and 2048 to 4095 for counters add 2048 to the actual counter number Timers 2048 to 4095 and counters 2048 to 4095 cannot be read Commands are divided among timers and counters for execution If an attempt is made to designate across timers and counters an end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned Execution Conditions PLC Mode pM Area Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK No OK x CK x OV OK KT End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect and an end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if 109 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 the specified words exceed the data area boundaries or are not specified in BCD or if the number of words to read is 0
103. 0100 9 0128 A202 02 04 013 10 RF Ct2801 0128 A219 0002 02 04 01 m 11 0128 0128 A219 02 03 04 070 H RS xFER 000A D02000 D05030 12 END 1 2 3 1 When the SEND 090 RECV 098 Enabled Flag is ON and the execution condition CIO 000000 is ON execution of the instructions for network transmissions are started CIO 0128 00 will remain ON from when SEND 090 is started until execution has been completed 62 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 2 Setthe control data Serial port 1 peripheral port Destination network address 00 B network Destination node address 00 B node Destination unit address 00 CPU Unit Response required Communications port No 4 Number of retries 5 Response monitor time 2 s 0000 Default 3 Transmit Data Stored Stores 10 words of data starting from CIO 0100 to D00010 and later 4 Execute SEND 090 5 When the instruction for network communications has been completed A202 04 ON CIO 0128 01 will turn ON and the instruction for sending on the network is completed 6 Turns ON when an error is generated during execution of network commu nications 7 When the Communications Port Enabled Flag is ON and execution condi tion CIO 0000 01 is ON execution of the instruction for receiving via the network RECV 098 is started 8 Set the control data D00100 00 oA Number of receive words 10 Seria
104. 095 and counters C2048 to C4095 cannot be changed If the SV is a DM or EM indirect address only indirect BCD designations will be read and an end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the indirect designation is not BCD The SV can be changed only in cyclic task O The maximum EM bank number that can be specified is 12 OC Hex Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAea Singe Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK No OK No No OK OK No No End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the program address is not BCD or if the timer counter type or number is out of range including hexadecimal data An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if a constant or area classification is out of range including hexadecimal data An end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the specified instruction does not exist in the UM Area o Nomacowion FCS error Command not supported Frame length error Not executable Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error User memory protected 132 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 23 STATUS READ MS Heads the operating conditions status of the CPU Unit Command Format
105. 2 for the remote destination send destination node address word C 8 bits 08 to 15 of the CMND 490 instruction Do not set the unit number of the actual Host Link slave 0 to 31 Using the Host Link unit number without incrementing by one will access the PLC with the en tered Host Link unit number less one For example specify the remote PLC with Host Link unit number 2 by en tering 3 for the remote destination node address If 2 is entered the PLC with Host Link unit number 1 will be accessed To access a PLC on a Host Link FINS network using the Serial Gateway from CX Programmer however enter the actual Host Link unit number without incrementing by one Select Change PLC click the Display Se rial Gateway Guide Button and set unit number in the Host Link SYSWAY Settings field of the Serial Gateway Guide Dialog Box 3 The contents of the FINS command enclosed by the Host Link header and terminator is as follows Host Link unit number Host Link header FA FINS header FINS command Text FCS CR 3 6 7 Treating Serial Communications Paths as Networks When the Serial Gateway is executed routing tables are either required or optional as follows e Routing tables are required to treat a serial communications path as a network when converting FINS messages to Host Link FINS for serial conversion via the network e Under other conditions routing tables are optional The details are provided in the following tables
106. 20 ASCII characters End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes 5 3 17 CPU UNIT STATUS READ 06 01 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Heads the operating status of the CPU Unit Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection OK OK RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 06 01 Command code Ses oe 06 01 16 bytes bee us Command End code Fatal error Non fatal Message Error Error code data error data Yes no code message Parameters Status Mode Status response The operating status of the CPU Unit is as shown below Bits 3 to 6 are unde fined Always mask these bits before accessing them Undefined Status 0 Stop user program is not being executed 1 Run user program is being executed hob oe og Built in flash memory access CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M CP1H NSJ and CS1D only 0 Not writing 1 Writing o c n s Battery status CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M CP1H NSJ and CS1D only 0 No battery 1 Battery present om on s CPU status 0 Normal 1 CPU on standby waiting for a signal from a device such as a SYSMAC BUS Remote I O Slave Unit 193 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Mode response The CPU Unit operating mode is as follows 00 PROGRAM 02 MONITOR 04 RUN Fatal erro
107. 2555 O9FBOO A000 to A447 0B0000 to read only OCBFOO A448 to A959 0CCOO0to read write OEBFOO CIO 000000 000000 to to O9FBOO CIO 255515 CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 000000 to 17FF00 CO 4 W000 to 000000 to W511 01FF00 HOOO to H511 000000 to 01FF00 Completion T0000 to 000000 to 01 T0000 to 000000 to Flag T4095 OFFFOO T2047 TOOO0 O7FFOO to T1023 000000 to 03FF00 C0000 to 800000 to C4095 8FFFOO C0000 to 080000 to C2047 OFFFOO C0000 to 080000 to C1023 OBFFOO 165 Designating Command Parameters Data type CSICJ mode Memory Memory area Memory Memory Memory area address address address Timer Completion 49 T0000 to 000000 to 41 T0000 to 000000 to Area Flag with T4095 OFFFOO T2047 T0000 07FF00 forced sta to T1023 000000 to tus 03FF00 Counter CNT C0000 to 800000 to C0000 to 080000 to Area C4095 8FFFOO C2047 OFFFOO C0000 to 080000 to C1023 OBFFOO Timer TIM T0000 to 000000 to 81 T0000 to 000000 to Area T4095 OFFFOO T2047 T0000 07FF00 to T1023 C0000 to C4095 DO0000000 to 000000 to D3276715 7FFFOF D00000 to 000000 to D32767 7FFFOO 20 to 2F EO 0000000 000000 to to 3276715 7FFFOF to EF 0000000 to 3276715 800000 to 8FFFOO C0000 to C2047 C0000 to 023 Counter Area EM Area EM U MR Word x Z w D00000 to 000000 to D32767 7FFFOO Section 5 2 Memory address 000000 to 03FF00 080000 t
108. 3 The maximum number of items that can be registered is 128 and timer counter word designation is counted as two items If all of the registered data is correct it will be registered to the table EM can be read through the current bank or bank designation The maximum EM bank number that can be specified is 12 OC Hex Bits and words can be specified in any order and they will be registered in the order that they were specified The data can be divided into multiple frames Lok OK OK Ne OK OK OK OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the data break between two items is omitted The command will be considered correct if there is a data break just before the FCS or at the beginning of a multiple frame com mand An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the area classi fication word address or bit word setting is out of range including hexadeci mal data 00 Nomacowion O 4 3 36 READ I O MEMORY QQIR Command Format 146 Reads the word and bit data from multiple I O memory areas that was regis tered with QQMR x10 x100 Q Q R x E A IN Unit No BCD Header code FCS Terminator C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Response Format 9 x10 x10 Q Q R xte x16 ON x 109 x 10 x 10 x 10 N BCD Header code
109. 3 hex Overwrites an existing file File name command Specifies the name of the file to be written For details on the configuration refer to page 168 File position command Specifies the number of bytes from the start of the file from which to start writ ing Files start at 00000000 To create a new file or add data to an existing file specify 00000000 as the file position Data length command Specifies the number of bytes to be written File data command Specifies the data in sequence from the beginning position in the amount specified in data length Directory length command Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length Absolute directory path command Indicates the absolute path from the root directory It begins with BC hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Writing a new file or modifying an existing file must be done within the capac ity of the file memory or the SINGLE FILE WRITE command cannot be exe cuted When SINGLE FILE WRITE is executed the clock data of the CPU Unit will be rec
110. 31 characters long communications can be completed by sending a single command frame This is called a single frame command Command Frame Format Terminator Header code FCS TE aD E Unit number BCD e Must be attached at the beginning of the command e Unit number Set in BCD from 0 to 31 for each Host Link Unit e Header code Specified in two characters Text Set parameters corresponding to command code e FCS Calculate 2 character FCS frame check sequence at host computer For details on calculating FCS refer to FCS Cal culations later in this section e Terminator Set and CR CHR 13 as two characters to indicate the end of the command Single frame Response If a response is not more than 131 characters long the communications can be completed by returning one response frame This is called a single frame response Response Frame Format Text Terminator End code hexadecimal Header code Unit number BCD e Must be attached at the beginning of the response e Unit number Set in BCD from O to 31 for each Host Link Unit e Header code The command code that was received is returned e End code The results error status etc of command execution is returned e Text Returned only if there is read data Command Response Formats Section 2 2 Error Response Formant Partitioned Commands 10 Note 1 2 3 e FCS The 2 character FCS frame check
111. 40 VAC is supplied while the metal jumper is attached Always use the power supply voltages specified in the operation manuals An incorrect voltage may result in malfunction or burning Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated voltage and frequency is supplied Be particularly careful in places where the power supply is unstable An incorrect power supply may result in malfunction Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short cir cuiting in external wiring Insufficient safety measures against short cir cuiting may result in burning Do not apply voltages to the Input Units in excess of the rated input volt age Excess voltages may result in burning Do not apply voltages or connect loads to the Output Units in excess of the maximum switching capacity Excess voltage or loads may result in burning Separate the line ground terminal LG from the functional ground termi nal GR on the Power Supply Unit before performing withstand voltage tests or insulation resistance tests Not doing so may result in burning Application Precautions 5 Install the Units properly as specified in the operation manuals Improper installation of the Units may result in malfunction With CS series PLCs be sure that all the Unit and Backplane mounting screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction Be sure tha
112. 5 18 21 A3 A4 A5 AB wL 00 o1 13 14 15 18 21 A3 A4 A5 AB WH 00 0 13 14 15 18 21 A3 A4 A5 AB wc oo o1 13 14 15 18 21 A3 A4 A5 A8 WD 00 0 13 14 15 18 27 A3 A4 A5 AB wJ oo o1 13 14 15 18 21 A3 A4 A5 A8 WE 00 01 13 14 15 18 21 A3 A4 A5 AB R oo 13 14 15 16 18 21 23 RE R 00 04 13 14 15 16 18 21 23 R oo 04 13 14 15 16 18 21 23 M Wi 00 01 04 13 14 15 16 18 19 21 23 w oo O1 04 13 14 15 16 18 19 21 23 e w 00 01 04 13 14 15 16 18 19 21 23 e Ms oS w 1 A SC 00 13 14 15 18 19 21 Sa MF oo 01 02 13 14 15 18 19 21 RE KS 00 01 13 14 15 18 21 Sa KR oo o1 13 14 15 18 21 EE FK 00 0 13 14 15 18 21 Sa KC oo o1 13 14 15 18 21 e MM 00 14 2 LN NR RN RN RN RN E RP 00 14 18 19 21 Se wP oo o1 19 21 23 A3 A4 A5 A8 M 00 O1 02 03 13 14 18 19 20 e QQMR 00 13 14 15 18 21 A3 A4 A5 AB Qum o is 14 E 1 i a O UR Noresponse ig RC Ne end code 4 3 C mode Command Details 4 3 1 About this Section With C mode command and response formats a single character is indicated by a single box Each character is sent and received as a single byte in ASCII Execution Conditions The Execution Conditions table at the beginning of the description of each command provides the following information 105 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Commands Single Single command frames are used when there are 131 characters or less Commands Multiple
113. 83 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Parameter Areas The areas that can be written to are shown below along with their parameter area codes Parameter Address range Parameter Address range area code Hex area code Hex ED X ry PLC Setup Area 8010 0000 to O1FF 512 words T I O Table Registration Area 8012 0000 to O4FF 1 280 words 3000 0000 to 1F3F E ENT 8000 words Routing Table Area 8013 0000 to 01FF 512 words S CPU Bus Unit Setup Area Comments 8002 0000 to 143F 5184 words Data command Set to 0000 The number of words to be cleared is specified by the number of words in the command format This parameter has two bytes one word of data End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes The PARAMETER AREA CLEAR command can be executed regardless of the CPU Unit s mode It is the user s responsibility to program steps to prohibit this command from being executed when the CPU Unit is in the RUN mode if such protection is necessary Execute CPU UNIT STATUS READ command code 0601 to read the CPU Unit s mode Refer to 5 3 17 CPU UNIT STATUS READ 06 07 Data can only be cleared from the I O registration table when the CPU Unit is in PROGRAM mode When data is cleared from the I O registration table for CJ series CPU Units the CPU Unit enters the status where I O is automati cally allocated at power ON and the status of mounted Units is reflected in the I O re
114. AREA FILE TRANS _ Transfers or compares data between the UM FER See note User Memory area and the file device DIRECTORY CREATE DELETE Creates or deletes a directory See note MEMORY CASSETTE TRANS Transfers and verifies data between a Mem FER CP1H CP1L CPU Units only ory Cassette and the CPU Unit FORCED SET RESET See note Force sets or force resets bits or releases force set status FORCED SET RESET CANCEL Cancels all bits that have been force set or See note force reset Note These commands will not be accepted and an end code of 2102 hex cannot write due to protection will be returned if the Write Protection from FINS Commands Sent to CPU Units via Networks option is selected in the PLC Setup for a CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 2 0 or later for a CP series CPU Unit or for an NSJ Controller 0 01 02 03 02 40 01 02 04 05 07 OA OC 15 20 01 02 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 23 23 Debugging FINS Commands Section 1 3 SECTION 2 Overview of C mode Commands This section provides an overview of C mode Host Link commands 2 1 C niode Commiands s v d0cheeee dies ledeetiewsiedde hese 2 2 Command Response Formats 000 ccc eee eee ees 2 3 Applications Examples seed Soe oS oh gE ES Uo ebat p Return 14 2 4 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models 15 2 4 1 C series Host Link Units with 1 N Host Link Format Selec
115. CLOSE 1 ON ERROR GOTO EROPE DIM CHDATAS 300 i Data array declaration CHDATAS 0 10000i CHDATAS 1 11111i CHDATAS 2 12222i CHDATAS 3 13333i CHDATAS 4 144441 CHDATAS 5 i15555i OPEN iCOM E73i AS 1 i Opens port RESPDATAS 11 INPUT 1 COMMANDS i Receives data from PLC line TS LEFTS COMMANDS LEN COMMANDS 3 i Checks FCS GOSUB FCS IF FCS lt gt MID COMMANDS LEN COMMANDS 2 2 THEN ENDCODES i10041 GOTO RESPONSE CMNDCODES MID COMMANDS 27 4 i Checks command code IF CMNDCODES lt gt i0101i THEN ENDCODES i04011 GOTO RESPONSE FOR I 0 TO VAL i amp Hi MIDS COMMANDS 39 4 1 i Sets No of read elements RESPDATAS RESPDATAS CHDATAS I NEXT I PRINT iSend datai RESPDATAS ENDCODES i0000i Sets end code to 0000 P RESPONSE RSVS MIDS S COMMANDS 9 2 DAS MIDS COMMANDS 19 6 SAS MID COMMANDS 13 6 Swaps DNA DA1 DA2 SIDS MID COMMANDS 25 2 with SNA SA1 and SA2 TS 1 000F00C01i xRSV S 1021 DAS SAS S IDS CMNDCODES ENDCODES RESPDATAS GOSUB FCS RESPONSES TS FCSS i1 1 Creates a response frame Returns received RSV SID without change e BV e e eB PRINT 1 RESPONSES i Transmits data to PLC line GOTO 160 1 FCS Calculation Subroutine FCS i Adds FCS L LEN TS A 0 FOR J 1 TO L TJ 2MIDS TS J I A ASC TJ XOR A NEXT J FCSS HEXS A IF LEN FCS 1 THEN FCS i0i FCSS RETURN j Error processing
116. Cat No W842 E1 15 Communications Commands REFERENCE MANUAL SYSMAC CS CJ CP Series CS1G H CPUL JH CS1G H CPUIL EV1 CS1D CPU H CS1D CPU S CS1W SCB V1 CS1W SCUL V1 CJ2H CPU6L _ EIP CJ2H CPU6_ CJ2M CPUL CJ1H CPUL JH R CJ1G H CPUL_ L_JH CJ1G CPUL P CJ1G CPUL I CJ1M CPUL CJ1W SCUL L V1 CP1H X 1 J 12 CP1H XA J IL TL i2 CP1H Y J 12 CP1L M LU CP1E E D CP1E N Di SYSMAC One NSJ Series NSJO OOOCO B G5D NSJO O0O0O B M3D Communications Commands Reference Manual Revised February 2010 Notice OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual Always heed the information provided with them Failure to heed pre cautions can result in injury to people or damage to property N DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury Additionally there may be severe property damage N WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Additionally there may be severe property damage N Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury or property damage OMRON Product Refe
117. Commands 7 8 9 Ze sComode Commands d eec ear anh S RE acs RUSSE ERES E ques 2 2 Command Response Formats ss deo d dee Ode odo OL rate tO d paese drei doe beca Be 2 5 wXpplicaton Bxample idee e dece de meme ERIT ra ee te eeteeqe s 14 2 4 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models 000 0005 15 SECTION 3 Overview of FINS Commands cceccccccees 27 23D FINS Commands 23 425 9 2 9d PRU bee dnwt el eed pd cw race a e ote sopa 28 3 2 Usins BINSCOIBIBIIOS a eiat eder RbARIEPSITRSELI ASIE cd exa RAE SERES 30 3 3 FINS Command and Response Frames iuo rok ae IAM E IGDeDERSeCCRERSPPE RAYS 22 3 4 Settings for Sending FINS Commands lllllllleee ees 34 3 5 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol 2 0 0 0 anaana aaaeeeaa ee eens 43 3 8 SenaliGateway OVC EW 2 aa 4 05058 oae t db edd aat ed ORIEL Cd TO Wd a ded FAC Xu 66 JT JGommunicadons Frames 2 390 912 413 99 Yan Peace Baek drap T va ARV SR DAS 86 SECTION 4 C mode Commands cccccccccccccccccssccese 99 Aal Comode C Omimang Wists acu eoi dut Ob ae UNO Gin WR Be eh uU NES eae kee ed 100 2 Ed C 0d6s c iufuEELRERSEI LESSE SIMeu uude esci he Aen ees She he dee 103 2 5 C mode Command Details lt 3 4 25 44 T IG eX MRLRRCREdGDEeP LG beer petes 105 SECTION 5 FINS Commands eeen n n B n n6 n n 149 S L 5ConadHdobosts aunt a Sdn eR Pa ems uidetur dges ped anm qM e RE d 150 5 2 Designa
118. Destination Node Address Set the node address of the destination node i e the computer Set 00 when transmitting within the local PLC Destination Unit Address Set the unit address of the Unit to which the host computer is connected Response Setting Normally this bit is set to O to require a response When a response is not required set this bit to 1 Communications Port Number Set the port number in the CPU Unit which will transmit CMND 490 54 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Number of Retries Set the maximum number of times CMND 490 is to be resent if no re sponse is returned Response Monitor Time If the Response Setting is set to require a response set the response mon itor time Note If response data longer than that set in the Number of Bytes of Response Data is returned all extra response data will not be stored If response data shorter than that set in the Number of Bytes of Response Data is returned the response data will be stored and the remaining area will stay at its previ ous values Control Word Settings The setting range for each item is shown on the following table Number of bytes of com 0002 to 021E 2 to 542 bytes mand data Number of bytes of 0002 to 021E 2 to 542 bytes response data Serial port number 00 CPU Unit Inner Board CPU Bus Unit 01 Port 1 02 Port 2 Destination network 00 Local network address 01 to 7F Network address 1 to 127
119. Disabled TRANSFER 15 CREATE DELETE OK OK OK Disabled OK OK Disabled DIRECTORY MEMORY CASSETTE Disabled Disabled OK Disabled OK OK note Disabled TRANSFER CP1H 4 CPU Units CP1L CPU Units only OK OK NO O Debugging FORCED SET RESET Disabled F 02 ORCED SET RESET Disabled OK OK CANCEL Serial Gate 28 03 CONVERT TO COMPO OK OK OK OK OK way WAY F COMMAND 28 04 CONVERT TO MOD OK OK OK OK OK OK OK BUS RTU COMMAND 28 05 CONVERT TO MOD OK OK OK OK OK OK OK BUS ASCII COMMAND Any Any CONVERT TO HOST Depends on the command code used LINK FINS COMMAND Note 1 File to memory area transfers are not possible 2 File to program area transfers are not possible 3 Program area to file transfers are possible 4 Memory Cassette contents cannot be transferred to the program area if program area data is included 5 With CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 2 0 or later CP series CPU Unit NSJ Controller an option is available in the PLC Setup Write Protec tion from FINS Commands Sent to CPU Units via Networks to not re ceived FINS write commands from specified network nodes even if a FINS write command is sent to the CPU Unit The FINS write commands are the ones listed as Disabled in the Write protected from network column above The enables creating a system in which write control operations are possi 154 Command Lists Section 5 1 ble only from specific nodes For details refer to 1 4 4
120. EA Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled CLEAR O o e O Program area access Operating K Disables Disabled mode STOP Disabled pis Disabled changes e c1 oo CPU UNIT DATA READ CONNECTION DATA READ CPU UNIT STATUS READ or fx ET 20_ CYCLE TIVE READ OK fok peeso OK Jok k 20 MESSAGE READ oK Di Disabled CLEAR Access rights OC ACCESS RIGHT Disabled OK Disabled ACQUIRE ACCESS RIGHT FORCED ACQUIRE O3 ACCESS RIGHT OK OK OK OK OK OK OK RELEASE Errorlog 21 ERROR CLEAR Disabled Disabled 02 ERROR LOG READ ok Machine configuration reading 15 2 Command Lists Section 5 1 Type PLC status code RUN MONI PRO Write mode TOR GRAM i pro mode mode i tected i from o FiLE COPY Disabled Disabled PARAMETER AREA OK note OK note OK Disabled OK OK note Disabled FILE TRANSFER 1 1 1 FINS write 21 40 FINS WRITE ACCESS OK OK OK OK OK OK OK access log LOG READ File memory 22 02 SINGLE FILE READ os SINGLEFILE WAITE Jok Jok Jok _ Disabied OK JOK Disabled 04 FILE MEMORY OK OK OK Disabled OK OK Disabled FORMAT o8 FILENAMECHANGE OK OK OK _ Disabled OK OK Disabled OC PROGRAM AREA FILE OK note OK note OK Disabled OK Dis Disabled TRANSFER 2 2 abled note 3 21 41 FINS WRITE ACCESS OK OK OK Disabled OK OK Disabled LOG CLEAR o5 FILE DELETE Disabled OK OK Disabled OA MEMORY AREA FILE OK OK OK Disabled OK OK
121. ELIL IDE I I CP1E NLILIDI HL J SYSMAC CP Series CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual CP1E ELJELIDUI L CP1E NLILIDUM Cat No W472 W465 W452 W450 W451 E W479 W480 Describes the following for CJ2 CPU Units e Overview and features e Basic system configuration e Part nomenclature and functions e Mounting and setting procedure e Remedies for errors Also refer to the Software User s Manual W473 Describes the built in EtherNet IP port and Ether Net IP Units Describes basic settings tag data links FINS communication and other functions Provides basic specifications on NSJ Controllers including an overview designing installation and maintenance Provides basic specifications on CP series CP1H PLCs including an overview designing installa tion and maintenance Provides information on programming CP series PLCs Provides basic specifications on CP series CP1L PLCs including an overview designing installa tion and maintenance Describes the following information for CP1E PLCs e Overview and features e Basic system configuration e Part names and functions e Installation and settings e Troubleshooting Describes the following information for CP1E PLCs e CPU Unit operation e Internal memory Programming e Settings CPU Unit built in functions e Interrupts High speed counter input
122. FCS Terminator in host link code e Response I OD M Unit number Header End FCS Terminator in host link code code 1 1 Format As shown in the following diagrams the 1 1 format is equivalent to the 1 N for mat without the character Host Link unit number and FCS byte e Command format Header Terminator code e Response format LO _ Header End Terminator code code 2 4 3 C mode Command Support Use the following table as reference when reusing programs for host comput ers developed for earlier Host Link models e f a command is not supported for the new model of PLC consider using another C mode or FINS command e Even if the command is supported differences may exist in the data sizes that can be processed or in the meaning of the values if the models or Series vary e Refer to the applicable operation manuals for details 22 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 Note Refer to information on the previous page for commands with Caution in the Frame data size column Header CS CJ C Series d Seri iod eres e2oouE C200HS c120 C500 c1000H C500F C1000HF CQM1 HG HX C2000H Cau CIO AREA lu aa Fie ia Yes tion READ Cau LR AREA Yes Yes Yes Yes tion READ Cau E adl AREA bud ME tion E adl Cau TIMER mm mm ial all TI bal al Yes tion COUNTER PV READ Cau TIMER Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes tion COUNTER STATUS READ x DM AREA uM Yes
123. Format x10 x 10 R D x16 x169 x16 x16 x16 x 16 x E N mE Unit No Header End code Read data 1 word FCS Terminator BCD code Head data for number of words read Limitations The DM Area is comprised of D00000 to D32767 but the range that can be read by this command is D00000 to D09999 The text portion of the response s first frame can contain up to 30 words If more than 30 words are read the data will be returned in multiple frames In the second and later frames the text portion of the response can contain up to 31 words The INITIALIZE and ABORT commands can be sent instead of the delimiter for multiple responses for this command If other commands are sent they will be treated as delimiters Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode maa Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Wrtexrotected Read protected ok Ne OK OK OK OK OK OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect and an end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if 111 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 the specified words exceed the data area boundaries or are not specified in BCD or if the number of words to read is 0 00 Nomacomelon OOO Entry number data error Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error
124. H R CJ1G CPULIL I CJ1M CPUL IL CU1G CPULILIP CJ1G H CPULIL IH NSJU OUULI B G5D NSJLT L IL ILE B MSD Programmable Controllers Instructions Reference Manual SYSMAC CS CJ NSJ Series CS1G H CPUL IL I EV1 CS1G H CPUL IL IH CS1D CPULILIH CS1D CPULILIS CJ1G CPUL I CJ1M CPUL Il CJ1G CPUL IL JP CJ1G H CPUL IL H NSJLI LILIL T B G5D NSJLI LTL TEIL B MSD Programmable Controllers Programming Manual SYSMAC CS Series CS1D CPULILIH CPU Units CS1D CPULILIS CPU Units CS1D DPLO1 Duplex Unit CS1D PA207R Power Supply Unit Duplex System Operation Manual SYSMAC CS Series CS1G H CPULILI EV1 CS1G H CPUL IL H Programmable Controllers Operation Manual SYSMAC CJ Series CJ1G CPUL IL CJ1M CPULJIL CJ1G CPUL I JP CJ1G H CPUL IL IH Programmable Controllers Operation Manual SYSMAC CJ Series CU2H CPU6LI EIP CJ2H CPUG CJ2M CPUIL I CPU Unit Software User s Manual W342 W474 W394 W405 W339 W393 W473 Describes the communications commands used with CS series CJ series and CP series PLCs and NSJ Controllers This manual Describes the ladder diagram programming instructions supported by CS CJ series PLCs and NSJ Controllers This manual describes programming and other methods to use the functions of the CS CJ series PLCs and NSJ Controllers Provides an outline of and describes the design installation mainten
125. Header code I O memory WR CIO AREA WRITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the writing designated CIO word WL LR AREA WRITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated LR word WH HR AREA WHITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated HR word WC TIMER COUNTER PV WRITE Writes the specified timer counter PV data in word units beginning with the designated word WD DM AREA WRITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated DM word WJ AR AREA WRITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated AR word WE EM AREA WHITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated EM word Timer counter SV R TIMER COUNTER SV READ Reads in four digits BCD the constant SV that is written as reading 1 an operand of the designated timer counter instruction TIMER COUNTER SV READ Finds the specified timer counter instruction beginning 2 with the designated program address and reads the con stant SV in four digits or the word in which the SV is stored R TIMER COUNTER SV READ Finds the specified timer counter instruction beginning 3 with the designated program address and reads the con stant SV in four digits BCD or the word in which the SV is stored Timer counter SV W TIMER COUNTER SV Changes the SV of the specified timer counter instruction changing CHANGE 1 to a new constant SV W
126. I O memory area Parameter area PARAMETER AREA READ Reads the contents of consecutive parame access ter area words PARAMETER AREA WRITE See _ Writes the contents of consecutive parame note ter area words 02 03 PARAMETER AREA FILL CLEAR Clears the specified range of parameter area See note words Program area CEE PROGRAM AREA READ Reads the UM User Memory area douces 07 PROGRAM AREA WRITE See Writes to the UM User Memory area note PROGRAM AREA CLEAR See Clears a specified range of the UM User note Memory area Operating mode RUN See note Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode to changes RUN or MONITOR STOP See note Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode to PROGRAM Machine configura CPU UNIT DATA READ Reads CPU Unit data tion reading 05 02 CONNECTION DATA READ Reads the model numbers of the device cor responding to addresses Status reading 06 01 CPUUNIT STATUS READ Reads the status of the CPU Unit 20 CYCLE TIME READ Reads the maximum minimum and average cycle time Time data access 07 01 CLOCK READ Reads the present year month date minute second and day of the week 07 02 CLOCK WHITE See note Changes the present year month date minute second or day of the week Type Command code Message display Access rights ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE See Acquires the access right as long as no other note device holds it ACCESS RIGHT FORCED Acquires the access right even if
127. J series Serial E4 Hex E5 Hex Communications Board CS CJ series Serial 80 Hex 04 Hex x unit 81 Hex 04 Hex x unit Communications Unit number number CP series Option Board FD Hex FC Hex See Note Note A FINS command to a host computer cannot be issued from a CP1E CPU unit For the SEND RECV and CMND instructions the CPU Unit will add the proper unit address based on the unit address of the Unit Board and the spec ified serial port It is not necessary to consider these addresses in the ladder diagram program Unit Addresses for Serial The network address and serial port s unit address must be allocated and the Ports on Serial routing table s local network table must be created for Several settings are Communications Boards required when making network settings FINS command system settings for and Units serial communications through a serial port on a CS Series Serial Communi cations Board or CS CJ Series Serial Communications Unit The network address and the serial port s unit address permanent must be allocated and the routing table s local network table must be created The following dia grams show serial port s unit address e Example 1 Serial Communications Board Serial Communications Board Serial port 1 Serial port 2 38 Settings for Sending FINS Commands Section 3 4 Serial port on Board Serial port s unit address Serial port 1 E4 hex 228 decimal Serial port 2 E5 hex 229 decimal e Example 2 Se
128. MANDS 27 4 i Checks command code IF CMNDCODES lt gt i0102i THEN ENDCODES i04011 GOTO RESPONSE FOR I 0 TO VAL i amp Hi MIDS COMMANDS 39 4 1 i Sets No of write elements CHDATAS I MIDS COMMANDS 43 1 4 4 PRINT iDatai i i1 CHDATAS T NEXT I ENDCODES i0000i Sets end code to 0000 P RESPONSE RSVS MIDS COMMANDS 9 2 DAS MID COMMANDS 19 6 SAS MID COMMANDS 13 6 Swaps DNA DA1 DA2 SIDS MID COMMANDS 25 2 with SNA SA1 and SA2 TS 1 000F00C01 RSVS 1021 DAS SAS SIDS CMNDCODES ENDCODES GOSUB FCS RESPONSES TS FCSS i 1 PRINT 1 RESPONSES i Transmits data to PLC line GOTO 140 Creates a response frame Returns received RSV SID without change e e e e eS FCS Calculation Subroutine FCS Adds FCS L LEN T A 0 FOR J 1 TO L TJ MID TS J I A ASC TJS XOR A NEXT J FCSS HEXS A IF LEN FCS 1 THEN FCS 101 4FCSS RETURN Error processing EROPE PRINT iERL i ERL iERRi ERR CLOSE 1 END FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Programming Example for Host Computer Side BASIC Reception ix xkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk CS1W SCU21 Serial Communications Unit Command to Host Computer RECV 098 Sample Reception Program l kkckckckckckckckckck ckck ck ckckckckckckckckckckckckck ck ckck ck ck ck ck ck kc kk Initial Settings
129. MORY FORMAT See note Formats initializes the file memory FILE DELETE See note Deletes specified files stored in the file memory FILE COPY See note Copies files from one file memory to another file memory in the same System 22 08 FILE NAME CHANGE See note Changes a file name 22 OA MEMORY AREA FILE TRANSFER Transfers or compares data between the See note I O memory area and the file memory 22 PARAMETER AREA FILE TRANSFER Transfers or compares data between the See note parameter area and the file memory 22 OC PROGRAM AREA FILE TRANSFER Transfers or compares data between the See note UM User Memory area and the file memory uM CREATE DELETE See Creates or deletes a directory m MEMORY CASSETTE TRANSFER Transfers and verifies data between a CP1H CPU Units CP1L CPU Units Memory Cassette and the CPU Unit only Tm SET RESET See note Force sets or force resets bits or releases force set status s en SET RESET CANCEL See Cancels all bits that have been force set or force reset 03 CONVERT TO COMPOWAY F COM Encapsulates a CompoWay F command MAND in a FINS command and sends it to a serial port The CompoWay F com mand is extracted and sent through the serial port at the receiving end 28 04 CONVERT TO MODBUS RTU COM Encapsulates a Modbus RTU command MAND in a FINS command and sends it to a serial port The Modbus RTU com mand is extracted and sent through the serial por
130. N to the PLC Interlock circuits limit circuits and similar safety measures in external cir cuits i e not in the Programmable Controller must be provided by the customer Do not turn OFF the power supply to the PLC when reading or writing a Memory Card Also do not remove the Memory Card when the BUSY indicator is lit Doing so may make the Memory Card unusable To remove a Memory Card first press the memory card power supply switch and then wait for the BUSY indicator to go out before removing the Memory Card If the I O Hold Bit is turned ON the outputs from the PLC will not be turned OFF and will maintain their previous status when the PLC is switched from RUN or MONITOR mode to PROGRAM mode Make sure that the external loads will not produce dangerous conditions when this occurs When operation stops for a fatal error including those produced with the FALS 007 instruction all outputs from Output Unit will be turned OFF and only the internal output status will be maintained The contents of the DM EM and HR Areas in the CPU Unit are backed up by a Battery If the Battery voltage drops this data may be lost Provide countermeasures in the program using the Battery Error Flag A402 04 to re initialize data or take other actions if the Battery voltage drops When supplying power at 200 to 240 VAC for CS series PLCs always remove the metal jumper from the voltage selector terminals The product will be destroyed if 200 to 2
131. Note Some PLC Setup parameters cannot be written in RUN or MONITOR mode Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection No OK No No Execution Conditions RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 181 FINS Commands Section 5 3 02 02 Command Format Command Parameter Beginning No of words Data code area code word Response Format 02 02 Command End code code Parameters Parameter area code command and response Specify the parameter area to write The parameter area code is designated in two bytes The leftmost byte is always 80 hex and the rightmost byte spec ifies the parameter area Beginning word command and response opecify the first word to write The beginning word address specifies the rela tive word address with the beginning of the designated area as 0000 hex Parameter Areas The areas that can be written to are shown below along with their parameter area codes Parameter Address range Parameter Address range area code Hex area code Hex AM PLC Setup Area 0000 to 01FF 512 words I O Table Registration Area 0000 to O4FF 1 280 words 8000 0000 to 1F3F 8000 words Routing Table Area 0000 to O1FF 512 words CPU Bus Unit Setup Area 0000 to 143F 5184 words Number of words command Bits O to 14 are used to specify the number of words to be written Each word consists of two byte
132. P DRE EID RENE MEMORY AREA READ 0101 20 00 cee eee eee MEMORY AREA WRITE 01 02 0 0 0 0 00 eee MEMORY AREA FILL 0103 aaahhh 00 cee eee MULTIPLE MEMORY AREA READ 01 04 MEMORY AREA TRANSFER 0105 0004 PARAMETER AREA READ 02 01 0 0000 00005 PARAMETER AREA WRITE 0202 lees PARAMETER AREA CLEAR 0203 esses PROGRAM AREA READ 0306 lees 5 1 1 5 1 2 5 1 3 5 2 1 5 2 2 5 3 1 Ix ds quls 03 09 03 UO 023 UJ t3 09 U9 O3 RO RO RO RO RO BJ hO hO hO bJ em eee eee i E a OOO Ar tU d U Nn JU Y Y Y SII SA A SIU CA A SS AA SIU A AA A Suc A S A DEAE S en Sc Snc Sn PUI ISDE PIN Ce SPY a ei WNrFR TO AANMNHPWNRF TOAANINHNMAPWNF DTDOAANANHWNK O rie D Q2 BD UA d 5 3 46 5 3 47 5 3 48 CPU UNIT DATA READ 0501 leere CONNECTION DATA READ 0502 eeeeeee CPU UNIT STATUS READ 06 Ol re RR s CY CLE TIME READ 00 20 2445 eso P Se TIERS CROCK READ DIA sizes pec bie ms pon LR OR AEA ee AT CEOCK WRIBE SOT 02 osten p Sd e RR pens See hated MESSAGE READ 0920F s aet ditate tate dts an hate tus eee d MESSAGE CLEAR 0920 555099 18x eee pardon Sed Pract BAL PALS READ US 0 aan Dn za DC CR E DRE UR ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE 0C 01 2 ACCESS RIGHT FORCED ACQUIRE 0C 02 ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE 0C 03 i43 qd eee d e ERROR CLEAR 2 0T 5 eere RN OREEREPERG eee es
133. QMR 145 remote I O systems 191 response codes 103 105 155 response formats for C mode commands 9 responses partitioned 11 S SA1 34 SA2 34 safety precautions xvi SEND 090 58 59 service ID 34 SID 34 SNA 33 source network address 33 Index source node number 34 source unit address 34 startup mode xix status reading 4 150 153 STATUS CHANGE SC 134 STATUS READ MS 133 subdirectories 226 T TEST TS 142 testing 3 101 time data accessing 4 150 153 TIMER COUNTER PV READ RC 109 TIMER COUNTER PV WRITE WC 117 TIMER COUNTER STATUS READ RG 110 TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 1 W 127 TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 2 W 128 TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 3 W 130 TIMER COUNTER SV READ 1 R 121 TIMER COUNTER SV READ 2 R 122 TIMER COUNTER SV READ 3 R 124 timers reading Completion Flag status 177 U V UM read protection 171 undefined command IC 148 volume labels 168 239 Index 240 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual Cat No W342 E1 15 Revision code The following table outlines the changes made to the manual during each revision Page numbers refer to the previous version Revised content Original production 02 September 1999 Page 18 Catalog number corrected for the CQM1 PC Pages 31 117 The S 2 beginning read address for the first command word
134. R AREA WRITE WL HR AREA WRITE WH TIMER COUNTER PV WRITE WC sess DM AREA WRITE WD AR AREA WRITE WJ EM AREA WRITE WE TIMER COUNTER SV READ 1 R TIMER COUNTER SV READ2 R esses TIMER COUNTER SV READ3 R96 TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 1 W TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE2 W sss TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE3 W9o STATUS READ MS STATUS CHANGE SC ERROR READ MF FORCED SET KS FORCED RESET KR MULTIPLE FORCED SET RESET FK FORCED SET RESET CANCEL KC L s PEC MODEL READ MM 45 adr ax peek a4 Roop af ck Be TEST TS ek PROGRAM READ RP PROGRAM WRITE WP sssses els I O TABLE GENERATE MI s sees REGISTER I O MEMORY QOMR sssss eese READ I O MEMORY QQIR isses esses ABORT X2Z 3 RA INITIALIZE XX Undefined Command IC SECTION 4 C mode Commands 100 103 105 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 124 127 128 130 133 134 135 137 138 139 140 141 142 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 148 99 C mode Command List Section 4 1 4 1 C mode Command List The following table lists the C mode commands Host Link commands Type Header code I O memory CIO AREA READ Reads the specified number of words
135. Read protected x No OK x CK x x OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect and an end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified words exceed the data area boundaries or are not specified in BCD or if the number of words to read is O 00 Nomacombelon SSS Entry number data error Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error Note The command is provided for compatibility with previous models We recom mend using CIO AREA READ RR whenever possible 4 3 4 HR AREA READ RH Heads the contents of the specified number of HR words starting from the specified word Command Format x10 x109 R H x10 x10 x10 x109 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x a Unit No Header Beginning word No of words FCS Terminator BCD code 0000 to 0511 0001 to 0512 Response Format x10 x100 R H x16 x 169 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x J eee Unit No Header End code Read data 1 word ji FCS Terminator BCD code Read data for number of words read Limitations The text portion of the response s first frame can contain up to 30 words If more than 30 words are read the data will be returned in multiple frames In the second and later frames the text portion of the response can contain up to 31 words
136. S SS oe es Message No 4 Od dio eh ae amp G8 ee es Message No 5 TTL Message No 6 Pos woe Pow v wwe 4 x ud ds s Message No 7 01 Message clear End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments The MESSAGE READ MESSAGE CLEAR refer to 5 3 22 MESSAGE CLEAR 09 20 and FAL FALS READ refer to 5 3 23 FAL FALS READ 09 20 commands share the same command code 0920 They are distin guished by bits 14 and 15 of the two byte parameter following the command code To clear messages bit 14 must be ON 0 and bit 15 must be OFF 0 5 3 23 FAL FALS READ 09 20 Reads FAL 006 FALS 007 error messages Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format Command FAL FALS No code Response Format 09 20 16 bytes Command End code FAL FALS Error message code No Parameters FAL FALS No command and response In the command format specify in hexadecimal in bits O to 13 the FAL or 200 FINS Commands Comments Section 5 3 FALS number to be read as shown below In the response format the FAL or FALS number is returned First byte Second byte A UC es Bit 15 14 13 8 7 0 5 j LIS Ls I FAL or FALS No 10 FAL FALS READ returned as 00 in the response Error message
137. Setup CPU Bus Unit set RAM parameter area tings and routing tables Symbol table Built in flash memory Comment Memory Area Comments I O comments row comments and Built in flash memory Comment Memory Area annotations Program indices section names section Built in flash memory Comment Memory Area comments and program comments Function block sources Built in flash memory Function Block Source Memory Area Data memory RAM DM Area DO to D32767 Data memory initial values Built in flash memory Data memory initial value area Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection OK See note RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Note Data cannot be transferred from the CPU Unit to the Memory Cassette when the user program is included and DIP switch UM protection is set Command Format MEMORY Disk number Parameter Data type designation CASSETTE TRANSFER Response Format Other Memory Cassette Operations Parameter 8000 Hex 22 20 MEMORY End code CASSETTE TRANSFER Reading the Data Type in the Memory Cassette Parameter 8000 Hex 22 20 MEMORY End code Stored data type CASSETTE TRANSFER Parameters Disk number command opecify the disk for transfer or verification Only the Memory Cassette can be specified 8003 hex Memory Cassette 227 FINS Commands Not
138. T U command 2805 hex Modbus ASCII command Converting to Modbus ASCII Converting to Any address Host Link FINS except Board Unit s serial port number User speci fied User specified FINS header removed sent to serial port Modbus RTU command with FINS header removed sent to serial port Modbus ASCII command with FINS header removed sent to serial port Transfers FINS command inside Host Link header and terminator 3 6 3 Converting FINS to CompoWay F Modbus RTU command Modbus ASCII command FINS com mand for Host Link communi cations perature Controller Digital Panel Meter or Smart Sensor Modbus RTU Slave compatible device including OMRON 3G3JV 3G3MV and 3G3RV Inverters Modbus ASCII Slave compatible device e g tem perature control ler indicator or power monitor OMRON PLC CS CJ CP NSJ Series or CVM1 CV Series OMRON Components connected serially to a PLC via CompoWay F can be accessed from the CPU Unit or PT using CompoWay F commands enclosed in FINS messages e Sent FINS message FINS header FINS command code 2803 hex CompoWay F command Message after conversion CompoWay F command 67 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 CPU Unit PERNE CompoWay F command CompoWay F CMND 490 e FINS header 2803 CompoWayiF command gt rina Stor emer command gt omron instruction or FINS header 2803 CompoWay F command ralinic
139. The following diagram shows the command format when there are more than 131 characters Command frame 1 Command frame 2 Command frame 3 Oo O Fun Host has c Computer a E cq b m D o O a eir 128 characters max 128 characters max 8 8 o o o p EIS g S Elgg E E D U D eir Response frame Note A delimiter is a CR code CHR 13 sent as a single character to indicate the middle of a command or response Partitioned Responses If a response is more than 131 characters long the response from the PLC is partitioned by returning a delimiter CR code CHR 13 instead of a termina tor at the end of each frame until the last one A terminator is returned at the end of the last frame In the following example procedure the response is partitioned into three frames 1 2 3 1 When the PLC receives the command frame from the host computer it re turns response frame 1 with a delimiter CR at the end to the host com puter 2 Only a delimiter CR is sent from the host computer to the PLC 3 When the PLC receives this delimiter CR it returns response frame 2 with a delimiter CR at the end to the host computer 4 Only a delimiter CR is sent from the host computer to the PLC 5 When the PLC receives this delimiter CR it returns response frame 3 with a terminator CR at the end to the host computer 11 Command Response Formats Section 2 2 12 The followi
140. The gateway count is decremented one for each bridge network that is passed through 41 Settings for Sending FINS Commands Section 3 4 3 4 4 CMND 490 Setting Example The designated number of bytes of FINS command data from the first com mand word designated by operand S is sent to the designated unit address via the node address on the network address designated by operand C and the response is stored for the number of bytes of data received starting from D CMND S First command word D First response word C First control word In this example a command MEMORY AREA READ 0101 Hex for reading D00010 to D00019 of the PLC at node 02 is sent using CMND 490 D00010 Memory area code 82 Hex address 000A00 Number of elements read 10 OA Hex S First command word S 01 s Command code o m NO Beginning read address Memory area code o no gt Beginning read address p Co O gt Number of elements read o D First response wor D B a oak Control code D m J Qo Q O Q D D 2 Read data D 11 I Read data 42 C First control word c 00 08 Number of command data bytes cd 00 18 Number of response data bytes Destination network address Serial port No Destination unit address Destination node address Number of retries Communications port number Response required not required p
141. Write Protection from FINS Commands Sent to CPU Units via Networks in the CS Series PLC Operation Manual or the CJ Series PLC Operation Manual 5 1 3 End Codes The following table lists the main codes and the sub codes which combine to form the end code response code returned for a FINS command The prob able cause and corrections for each error code are also given Depending on the command the destination code will sometimes make a request of another node on a network The other node is referred to as the third node Note In addition to the end codes listed in the following table the specific flags in the end code word bits 6 7 and 15 may also be ON If bit 15 is ON an error has occurred during a network relay operation If bit 6 or 7 is ON an error has occurred in the destination CPU Unit If this occurs refer to the operation manuals for the CPU Unit where the error occurred and remove the cause of the error The contents of the end code word are shown in the following dia gram 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Main code MRES Sub code SRES 1 Fatal CPU Unit error L 1 Non fatal CPU Unit error 1 Network relay error See following section for details Check point Probable cause 00 Normal 00 Normal completion completion 01 Service Service was canceled Check the capacity of the destina canceled tion area in the third node Data link status Check th
142. Yes x READ Cau AR AREA idit hal a Ti bell all Yes Yes ox READ hist iam IE AREA IE FILE MEM ha lal il all da alu E i ORY DELUXE READ HEN MEM No No bul s No No No No HEN READ DM AREA No No a ll ial aa m No No Yes No READ FIXED DM SIZE No No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No CHANGE Cau WR CIO AREA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes tion WRITE Cau WL LR AREA Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No tion WRITE Cau WH I ad AREA bull LR tion I ad Cau WC TIMER iui al hail ial a ial hcl ial all el E tion COUNTER PV WRITE Cau WD DM AREA Yes ee Yes Yes Yes tion WRITE Cau WJ AR AREA Yes E ad lal Yes Yes Yes ox WRITE bul um ecce d AREA ecce d TIMER iud ic INN da LE e E COUNTER SV READ 1 TIMER Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No COUNTER SV READ 2 NA R TIMER Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No COUNTER SV READ 3 NA W TIMER Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No COUNTER SV CHANGE 1 23 CVM1 and CV Series D L J o Oo pen oO tn o c 9 ud 9 c 2 E E o o C500 3G2A5 Host Link Unit c 2 x c i o o lt o lt x N o e e N T O an Board 2 x rm o oO lt e e Lo gt o Host Link Unit S b 4 i 2 i o h c 2 2 a O Unit or Unit None or V1 Diem Unit Wm CPU Unit EE 37 m Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Mode
143. a Data response The data in the specified parameter area will be returned in sequence starting from the beginning word The leftmost bits bits 8 to 15 of each word are read first followed by the rightmost bits bits O to 7 The required number of bytes in total for each read is calculated as follows Number of words x 2 each word consists of 16 bits End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Y Comments All words in the specified parameter area must be read at the same time to ensure complete data A maximum of 498 words can be read with each com mand One word 16 bits To read larger parameter areas use multiple commands and specify the beginning word and number of words for each If more than 498 words is specified as the number of elements the maximum number of words will be read and returned with a response code of 1108 hex If the beginning word plus the number of words specified to read exceeds the capacity of the specified area the data read through the end of the area and the actual number of words read will be returned with a response of 1104 hex Except for the routing table area each area must be read or written in its entirety 5 3 8 PARAMETER AREA WRITE 02 02 Writes data to the specified number of consecutive CPU Unit parameter area words starting from the specified word Data can be written to the I O table only when the CPU Unit is in PROGRAM mode
144. a has no extension both the period 2E hex and the extension will be filled with 20 hex 169 FINS Commands Section 5 3 5 3 FINS Commands 5 3 1 About this Section This section describes the command and response formats for FINS com mands For each format the data is arranged in order from left to right Command and Response Formats Using CMND 490 When CMND 490 is used to send a FINS command the command is stored in I O memory from the rightmost word to the leftmost word with a single word represented as two boxes four digits hexadecimal in the format diagram In the following example five words of data are written from D00010 Command Format NA f Command code Beginning write address Number of Write data Variable classification elements to write The command format data is stored in the order shown below when CMND 490 is used Command code Variable classification beginning write address Beginning write address Number of elements to write Write data Write data Command End code code The response format data is stored in the order shown below when CMND 490 is used Command code D 4 1 00 00 End code 170 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Using Host Link When a FINS command is sent using Host Link communications the Host Communications Link header response wait time destination node address and source node address are all placed before the command format and the frame check sequence FCS
145. a host the send operation will be stopped even in the middle of a frame 4 3 38 INITIALIZE xx Initializes the transmission control procedure of the Units at all the unit num bers Command Format x x el Limitations Multiple responses to a command can be cancelled with this command The INITIALIZE command does not receive a response End Codes There are no end codes with this command There is no response 4 3 39 Undefined Command IC This response is returned if the header code of a command cannot be decoded Response Format x10 x109 3 4 d Unit No BCD Header FCS Terminator code Limitations This response will be returned as an error for illegal header codes This response will be returned for error frames as well There is no command associated with IC End Codes There are no end codes with this command 148 This section provides detailed descriptions of the FINS commands 5 1 5 2 5 3 Command MASS TR FINS Commands 4 300 valt x pss ead ae ieee eaten wrasse FINS Command Restrictions leeren End COdeSs cas PANE REWORK ROOK TSE REESE he BES Designating Command Parameters anaana aaeeea eee eee Designating I O Memory Variable Area Addresses I O Memory Address Designations 00 cece FINS Commands e 544 dung Sac EN So Y ace awe ee Sede Rees A DOUE LOIS Sec LODS gate hare RS O
146. ace 20 Hex Response Format Unit No BCD Header End code Constant area SV word address FCS Terminator code classification Classification Constant area classification Constant or ter 1 ter 2 ter 3 ter 4 Cosan e o N P 0000109999 Z C A N E mooo R e P 000100959 HR H R SP GP 000100511 we WSR e GP 0001051 me a fas peas SP SP 0000 to 9999 SP tem im EM banks 0 to C i indirect banks O to Data register Index register indirect Pp EM indirect current SP 0000 to 9999 bank LI SP 0000 to 0015 0000 to 0015 125 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Note SP represents a space 20 Hex Parameters Limitations Execution Conditions Commands Responses Pemo maa Single _ Mutiple Sing Mutiple RUN MON PROG Writerprotected Readprotectod Cmno Program Address Command Designates the program address in six digits decimal BCD for beginning the search for the specified timer counter Timer Counter Type Command Designate the timer counter instruction type for reading the constant SV or the word address in which it is stored Timer Counter Number Command Designate the timer counter instruction number for reading the constant SV or the word address in which it is stored Index register designation is not possi ble Constant Area Classification Response The constant or I O memory area
147. address ter 1 ter 2 ter 3 ter 4 Go o o GP CC ln k R em GP 000100199 001015 _ wR W R GP GP _ 0000 00511 otis SP SP SP HR H R kem heP 0000100511 001015 Timer T SP 0000 to 2047 Always 00 00 Note SP represents a space 20 Hex Response Format Q x10 x 100 K R x16 x 169 N Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAea Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected Ok Ne OK Ne No OK OK OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect or if the bit is designated as other than 00 by the TIM CNT desig nation An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the area classi fication word address or bit parameter setting is out of range including hexa decimal data 00 Nomacombelon 138 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 28 MULTIPLE FORCED SET RESET FK Force sets resets or cancels the operating status of operands Multiple bits can be simultaneously force set reset or canceled Command Format x10 x100 F K OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 x10 x10 x 10 x 10 N Unit No BCD Header Area classification Word address code 1
148. ads the status of the CPU Unit 20 CYCLE TIME READ Reads the maximum minimum and average cycle time Time data access CLOCK READ Reads the present year month date minute second and day of the week CLOCK WRITE See note Changes the present year month date minute second or day of the week Message display MESSAGE READ CLEAR Reads and clears messages and reads FAL FALS messages Access rights OC 01 ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE See note Acquires the access right as long as no other device holds it OC 02 ACCESS RIGHT FORCED ACQUIRE _ Acquires the access right even if another device already holds it ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE Releases the access right that has been acquired Error log ERROR CLEAR See note ERROR LOG READ Reads the error log ERROR LOG CLEAR See note Clears the error log pointer 150 Command Lists Section 5 1 Type Command code 21 40 FINS WRITE ACCESS LOG READ The CPU Unit automatically keeps a log of any access for FINS write commands This command reads this log FINS WRITE ACCESS LOG CLEAR Clears the FINS write access log See note E FILE NAME READ Reads file memory data SINGLE FILE READ Heads a specified length of file data from a specified position within a single file FINS write access log File memory Debugging Serial Gateway functions SINGLE FILE WRITE See note Writes a specified length of file data from a specified position within a single file E c FILE ME
149. an error occurred in status and restart the Board If the the Board problem persists replace the Board 04 Unit Unit number The unit number was set Set the rotary switches correctly number error incorrectly being sure the unit numbers are within range and that each number is used only once 04 Service 01 Undefined Command code The Unit Board does not sup Check the command code unsupported command port the specified command code 02 Not Unit model and The command cannot be Check the model number and supported by version executed because the model version model version or version is incorrect 05 Routing 01 Destination Routing table The destination network or Register the destination network table error address node address is not set in the and node in the routing tables setting error routing tables 02 No routing Routing table Relaying is not possible Set routing tables in the source tables because there are no routing node designation node and relay tables nodes 03 Routing Routing table There is an error in the Set the routing tables correctly table error routing tables 04 Too many Network An attempt was made to Reconstruct the networks or relays configuration send to a network that was change the routing tables so that over 3 networks away commands are sent within a range of 3 networks or less 156 Command Lists Section 5 1 Checkpoint Probable cause 10 Command 01
150. ance and other basic opera tions for a Duplex System based on CS1D CPU Units Provides an outlines of and describes the design installation maintenance and other basic opera tions for the CS series PLCs Provides an outlines of and describes the design installation maintenance and other basic opera tions for the CJ series PLCs Describes the following for CJ2 CPU Units CPU Unit operation e Internal memory Programming e Settings e Function built into the CPU Unit Also refer to the Hardware User s Manual W472 1X SYSMAC CJ Series CU2H CPU6L EIP CJ2H CPUG CJ2M CPUL IL CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual SYSMAC CS CJ Series CS1W EIP21 CJ1W EIP21 CJ2H CPU6LI EIP CJ2M CPUL I EtherNet IP Units Operation Manual SYSMAC One NSJ Series NSJ5 TQL IL 1 B G5D NSJ5 SQL IL I B G5D NSJ8 TVLILI B G5D NSJ10 TVL IL I B G5D NSJ12 TSLILI B G5D NSJ5 TQI I B M3D NSJ5 SQL IL I B M3D NSJ8 TVLILI B M3D NSJW ETN21 NSJW CLK21 V1 NSJW IC101 NSJ Controllers Operation Manual SYSMAC CP Series CP1H XA40DLI L CP1H XAAODI HH I CP1H Y20DT D CP1H CPU Unit Operation Manual SYSMAC CP Series CP1H XLIL IL IL HL CPAH XALIL ITE TE L 1 CP1H YLIL IL IL HL CP1H CPU Unit Programming Manual SYSMAC CP Series CP1L L10DLI L CP1L L14DL L CP1L L20DLI L CP1L M30DL1 L CP1L M40DL 1 1 CP1L M60DLI L CP1L CPU Unit Operation Manual SYSMAC CP Series CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual CP1E
151. and changes the constant SV in four digits BCD or the TIMER COUNTER SV Finds the specified timer counter instruction beginning CHANGE 2 with the designated program address in the user program word in which the SV is stored to a new constant SV or storage word word in which the SV is stored to a new constant SV or W TIMER COUNTER SV Finds the specified timer counter instruction beginning CHANGE 3 with the designated program address in the user program storage word and changes the constant SV in four digits BCD or the CPU Unit status MS STATUS READ Reads the CPU Unit s operating conditions operating mode forced set reset status and fatal errors STATUS CHANGE Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode MF ERROR READ Reads the CPU Unit s error information i e all fatal or non fatal errors currently in effect Forced FORCED SET Forcibly sets one designated bit set reset FORCED RESET Forcibly resets one designated bit FK MULTIPLE FORCED Forcibly sets resets cancels multiple designated bits SET RESET FORCED SET RESET CAN Cancels all forced set reset status CEL PLC model code PLC MODEL READ Reads the model code of the CPU Unit reading Testing TS TEST Returns just as it is a single block that was sent from the host computer Program area PROGRAM READ Reads in one batch the contents of the CPU Unit s user accessing program at the machine language object level WP PROGRAM WRITE Writes into the
152. ansmitting within the local PLC Destination Unit Address Set the unit address of the Unit to which the host computer is connected Communications Port Number Set the port number in the CPU Unit which will transmit RECV 098 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Number of Retries Set the maximum number of times RECV 098 is to be resent if no re sponse is returned Response Monitor Time Set the time to wait for a response Control Word Settings The setting range for each item is shown on the following table Number of read words 0001 to 010D 1 to 269 words Serial port number 00 CPU Unit Inner Board CPU Bus Unit 01 Port 1 02 Port 2 Destination network 00 Local network address 01 to 7F Network address 1 to 127 Destination node address 00 Internal communications in PLC Node address of Ethernet Unit with model number ending in ETN21 1 to 254 Node address of Ethernet Unit with other model number 1 to 126 Node address 1 to 62 for Controller Link Destination unit address 00 CPU Unit 10 to 1F Serial Communications Unit unit address O to 15 Inner Board Serial Communications Board Response required not 0 S Respon require number Number of retries 0 to F 0 to 15 Response monitor time 0000 Default 0001 to FFFF 0 1 to 6 553 5 s unit 0 1 s Note To execute RECV 098 normally programming needs to be written to process the command received by the host computer and retu
153. at 00 02 01 M Command Endcode Parameter Beginning No of words Data code area code word Parameters Parameter area code command and response Specify the parameter area to read The parameter area code is designated in two bytes The leftmost byte is always 80 hex and the rightmost byte speci fies the parameter area Beginning word command and response Specify the first word to read The beginning word address specifies the rela tive word address with the beginning of the designated area as 0000 hex 180 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Parameter Areas The areas that can be read are shown below along with their parameter area codes Parameter Address range Parameter Address range area code Hex area code Hex LU IIISE ry PLC Setup Area 8010 0000 to O1FF 512 words WO Table Registration Area I O Table Registration Area 8012 0000 to O4FF 1 280 words 8000 0000 to 1F3F E 8000 words Routing Table Area 8013 0000 to 01FF 512 words E CPU Bus Unit Setup Area 8002 0000 to 143F 5184 words Number of words command and response Bits O to 14 are used to specify the number of words to be read Each word consists of 16 bits Bit 15 must be OFF 0 in the command format When the content in the response format contains the last word of data in the specified parameter area bit 15 will be ON 1 For example it would indicate that the 512th word of data is contained in the PLC Setup are
154. at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection No OK KN RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode oC ow FF Command Program code No 201 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Response Format OC 01 2 Command End code a Unit address of Unit with access right code Node number of device with access right Network address of device with access right If any other device holds the access right the device will be identified Parameters Program No command Always FFFF hex End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments If any other device has the access right the access right cannot be acquired with this command use ACCESS RIGHT FORCED ACQUIRE command code 0C01 Refer to 5 3 25 ACCESS RIGHT FORCED ACQUIRE 0C 02 When ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE command code 0C01 is executed while any other device has the access right subsequent commands cannot be exe cuted from the other device This command should generally not be used dur ing normal processing The following table shows which FINS commands can be executed even when another device holds the access right Command Command name Command execution code while another device has access right 0202 PARAMETERAREAWRITE mo 0203 PARAMETER AREA CLEAR mo 0307 PROGRAMAREAWRIE moo 0308 PROGRAMAREASCLEAR No
155. aticne CompoWay F command OMRON Component PT Program CompoWay F command encapsulated Unit Board f mable Termi using FINS command 2803 hex Ae acer ee Via network or CPU bus CompoWay F Slave compatible Components Temperature Con Thermac NEO E5GN G components Thermac R Plug in Temperature Control E5ZN lers Digital Controller Boards E5ZM Digital Controllers ES100X Timer Counters Timers Counters H8GN G components Digital Panel Meters Digital Panel Meters K3GN G components K3NX Digital Load Cell Meters K3NV Digital Rotary Pulse Meters K3NR Digital Incrementing Panel K3NP Meters Digital Time Interval Meters K3NC Digital Temperature Process K3NH Meters ZX Communications Interface ZX SF11 Units Safety Controles FS System Configuration Patterns Sending FINS Messages Using CMND 490 in CPU Unit s Ladder Program The Board Unit converts the FINS messages to CompoWay F protocol for sending in this operation Access from CPU Unit on the Same PLC CPU Bus to Serial Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network OMRON components connected serially to Optional the Serial Communications Board Unit using CompoWay F can be accessed from a CPU Unit in the same PLC Serial Communications Unit Board l Eo t Protoco ompovva onversion SENE comman d command RS 485 CompoWay F CompoWay F compatible OMRON component 68 Serial Gateway Overvie
156. ations Frames Note Section 3 7 ASCII text 2 x n bytes ASCII from leftmost bytes to rightmost bytes using ASCII Set the contents of S 3 when using CompoWay F commands as follows Set the SID 0 as ASCII 30 hex 1 byte in the leftmost byte and the leftmost digit of the CompoWay F command code MRC as ASCII 1 byte in the right most byte Next set the bits of S 4 as follows Set the rightmost digits of the CompoWay F command code MRC as ASCII in the leftmost byte and the leftmost digit of the CompoWay F command code SRC as ASCII 1 byte in the rightmost byte Be sure to set one byte each for the subsequent data without any blank bytes 97 Communications Frames 98 Section 3 7 This section provides detailed descriptions of the C mode commands 4 1 4 3 C mode Command List 42 End Codes slab ERR C mode Command Details 4 3 4 3 2 4 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 5 4 3 6 4 3 7 4 3 8 4 3 9 4 3 10 4 3 1 4 3 12 4 3 13 4 3 14 4 3 15 4 3 16 4 3 17 4 3 18 4 3 19 4 3 20 4 3 21 4 3 22 4 3 23 4 3 24 4 3 25 4 3 26 4 3 27 4 3 28 4 3 29 4 3 30 4 3 31 4 3 32 4 3 33 4 3 34 4 3 35 4 3 36 4 3 37 4 3 38 4 3 39 About this Section CIO AREA READ RR LR AREA READ RL HR AREA READ RH TIMER COUNTER PV READ RC TIMER COUNTER STATUS READ RG DM AREA READ RD AR AREA READ RJ EM AREA READ RE L
157. attached to the beginning of the command Unit Number The unit number set is that of the destination CPU Unit connected to the host 45 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 46 computer When the host computer is connected to a CPU Unit the unit num ber is designated in the PLC Setup When the host computer is connected to a Serial Communications Board or a Serial Communications Unit the unit number is the designated in the Setup for the Board or Unit Header Code The header code distinguishes between different types of commands Set FA ASCII 46 41 when using FINS commands Response Wait Time The response wait time sets the time from when the CPU Unit receives a command block until it starts to return a response It can be set from O to F in hexadecimal in units of 10 ms Example If F 15 is set the response will begin to be returned 150 ms 15 x 10 ms after the command block was received ICF Information Control Field Specifies whether or not there are network relays Set 80 ASCII 38 30 when sending an FINS command to a CPU Unit on a network Set 00 ASCII 30 30 when sending to a CPU Unit connected directly to the host computer RSV Reserved Set 00 ASCII 30 30 Setting RSV is required only when sending to a CPU Unit on a network GCT Gateway Count This is the number of networks through which the transmission can be relayed Set 07 ASCII 30 37 Setting GCT is required o
158. battery terminals or charge disassemble heat or incin erate the battery Do not subject the battery to strong shocks Doing any of these may result in leakage rupture heat generation or ignition of the battery Dispose of any battery that has been dropped on the floor or oth erwise subjected to excessive shock Batteries that have been subjected to shock may leak if they are used e UL standards required that batteries be replaced only by experienced technicians Do not allow unqualified persons to replace batteries e Dispose of the product and batteries according to local ordinances as they apply Have qualified specialists properly dispose of used batteries as industrial waste Cra UJ RE RE a e With a CJ series PLC the sliders on the tops and bottoms of the Power Supply Unit CPU Unit I O Units Special I O Units and CPU Bus Units must be completely locked until they click into place The Unit may not operate properly if the sliders are not locked in place e Unexpected operation may result if inappropriate data link tables or parameters are set Even if appropriate data link tables and parameters have been set confirm that the controlled system will not be adversely affected before starting or stopping data links e All CPU Bus Units will be restarted when routing tables are transferred from a Programming Device to the CPU Unit Restarting these Units is required to read and enable the new routing tables Confirm that th
159. be returned if the indirect designation is not BCD Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAea Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG writeprotected Read protected OK No OK No No OK OK No 9 No v 127 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the program address is not specified in BCD or if the timer counter type or number is out of range including hexadecimal data An end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the specified instruction does not exist in the UM Area 00 Nomacmpio 4 3 21 TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 2 W From the specified program address onwards in cyclic task 0 TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 2 finds the specified timer counter instruction and changes the 4 digit constant SV BCD that is set or the word address where the SV is stored to a newly designated constant SV or storage word address Command Format Q x10 x 100 W x10 x10 x 10 x 109 OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 N N E Unit No BCD ei Rae Timer counter type Timer counter number J OP OP2 OP3 OP4 x108 x10 x 10 x 10 Constant area classification New SV
160. beginning with reading the designated CIO word RL LR AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated LR word RH HR AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated HR word RC TIMER COUNTER PV READ Reads the specified number of words of the timer counter PV beginning with the designated word RG TIMER COUNTER STATUS READ Reads the specified number of words of the timer counter status beginning with the designated word DM AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated DM word RJ AR AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated AR word RE EM AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated EM word I O memory WR CIO AREA WRITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning writing with the designated CIO word WL LR AREA WHITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated LR word HR AREA WRITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated HR word DM AREA WRITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated DM word AR AREA WRITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated AR word WH i WC TIMER COUNTER PV WRITE Writes the specified timer counter PV data in word units beginning with the designated word WE EM AREA WRITE Writes the specified data in word units beginning with the designated EM
161. c shock Provide safety measures in external circuits i e not in the Programmable Controller including the following items to ensure safety in the system if an abnormality occurs due to malfunction of the Programmable Controller or another external factor affecting the operation of the Programmable Control ler Programmable Controller indicates the CPU Unit and all other Units and is abbreviated PLC in this manual Not doing so may result in serious acci dents e Emergency stop circuits interlock circuits limit circuits and similar safety measures must be provided in external control circuits e The PLC will turn OFF all outputs when its self diagnosis function detects any error or when a severe failure alarm FALS instruction is executed Unexpected operation however may still occur for errors in the I O con trol section errors in I O memory and other errors that cannot be detected by the self diagnosis function As a countermeasure for all such errors external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system e The PLC outputs may remain ON or OFF due to deposition or burning of the output relays or destruction of the output transistors As a counter measure for such problems external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system e Provide measures in the computer system and programming to ensure safety in the overall system even if communications errors or malfunctions occur in data
162. changed to PLC throughout the manual in the sense of Programmable Controller CJ1M CPU Units and new versions of Serial Communications Units Boards were added Page 28 Description of GCT changed Page 35 Note added Page 125 Information added following table 07 May 2003 Changes were made throughout the manual to include information for new products CS1D CPUL IL H and CJ1G H CPULILIEV1 Page ix Table updated to correct catalog numbers and add new catalogs Page xiii A caution added regarding back up information Page xiv Corrected CJ Series CPU Units to CJ1 CJI H CJ1M or CS1D CPU Units Page xv A caution added regarding operating differences between CS1 and CJ1 CJI H CJ1M or CS1D CPU Units when using factory settings Page 22 Table corrected to include new CS CJ series models Page 30 00 OA Hex for first read address in graphic corrected to OA 00 Hex Page 55 Order of steps 9 and 10 corrected in graphic Page 93 Bit 1 corrected to Bit 0 in graphic of response format Page 113 Note on flags in end code added Page 119 120 Information on flags in end codes and handling errors changed RR 132 00 corrected to in CV mode memory area code column for CIO Area and rea Page 150 Information on operating status parameters updated for new models Page 151 Reserved for system changed to 1 Duplex error in bit 14 of non fatal error data response Page 163 Table of error codes u
163. cified word Command Format x10 x109 R R x 108 x10 x10 x 109 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x L Unit No BCD Header Beginning word No of words FCS Terminator code 0000 to 6143 0001 to 6144 Response Format x10 x 10 R R x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x J N B Unit No BCD Header End code Read data 1 word PCS Terminator code Read data for number of words read C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Limitations The text portion of the response s first frame can contain up to 30 words If more than 30 words are read the data will be returned in multiple frames In the second and later frames the text portion of the response can contain up to 31 words The INITIALIZE and ABORT commands can be sent instead of the delimiter for multiple responses for this command If other commands are sent they will be treated as delimiters Execution Conditions Commands Responses PLCMode UMAma Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected Lok Ne OK OK OK OK c oK o End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect and an end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified words exceed the data area boundaries or are not s
164. commands N WARNING Failure to read and understand the information provided in this manual may result in per sonal injury or death damage to the product or product failure Please read each section in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in the section and related sections before attempting any of the procedures or operations given xi Read and Understand this Manual Please read and understand this manual before using the product Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments Warranty and Limitations of Liability WARRANTY OMRON s exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year or other period if specified from date of sale by OMRON OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS ANY BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES LOSS OF PROFITS OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY In no event shall the responsibility of
165. ct range accessible area 04 Address Starting address The end address in com Check the area being processed range and number of mand process is beyond the and set the correct range exceeded elements in accessible area command data Data link tables The total number of words is Correct the data link tables beyond the limit 06 Program Program FFFF hex was not specified Specify FFFF hex missing number in command data 09 Relational Command data A large small relationship in Check the command data and error the elements in the command correct the relationship between the data is incorrect elements Data link table A node not set in the Correct the data link tables common link parameters is set as a refresh parameter OA Duplicate I O access in Differential monitoring was Abort the current process or wait data access CPU Unit specified during data tracing until it ends before executing the or data tracing was specified command during differential monitoring Data link tables The same node address is Correct the data link tables specified more than once OB Response Number of ele The response format is Check the command format and too long ments in com longer than the maximum correct the number of elements mand data permissible length OC Parameter Parameters in There is an error in one of the Check the command data and error command data parameter settings correct the parameters
166. d ports CS CJ Series CS2H CPUI l EIP built in ports CJ2M CPU1L built in ports CJ2M CPUGSI Serial Option Board CS1G H CPUIL I H built in ports CS1G H CPUIL I EV1 built in ports CS1D CPUI l lH built in ports CJ1G H CPUL J H built in ports CJ1G CPUI I built in ports CJ1M CPUL I built in ports CS1W SCB21 V1 41 V1 unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communications Board ports CS1W SCU21 V1 unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communications Unit ports CJ1W SCU21 41 unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communications Unit ports B mode CVM1 CPULIL built in ports Fixed length CVM1 CV CV CPUL TL I built in ports CV500 LK201 Host Link Unit C mode C200H LK101 LK201 LK202 Host Link 29 words 30 words 89 i 89 Variable C200H Units D mode C500 LK103 LK203 Host Link Units C500 C120 3G2A5 LK101 LK201 Host Link Units Note When the MS command reads the CPU Units status data and an FAL or FALS instruction has not been executed spaces ASCII code 20 hex are included as the FAL FALS message in the response frame for some models fixed length response in the table above In the other models no data is included as the FAL FALS message in the response frame variable length response frame if an FAL or FALS instruction has not been executed 3G2A6 LK101 LK201 LK202 Host Link Units 19 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 Relationship to the 1 N Host Link 1 1 Host Li
167. data from the parameter area to file memory 5 3 41 PROGRAM AREA FILE TRANSFER 22 0C Execution Conditions Compares or transfers data between the program area and the file memory Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No OK No SeeNoiet No RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OK See note 2 OK See note 2 Note 1 Data can be transferred from the program area to the file memory 2 Data cannot be transferred from file memory to the program area in these modes Command Format MEE 22 OC FF FF 00 00 00 00 FF FF FF FF 12 bytes eee Command Parameter Program Beginning word No of bytes Disk No File name code code No Program area specification File specification Directory Absolute directory length path Response Format 22 0C Command End code Data length code Parameters 224 Parameter code command Specify the transfer compare method as follows 0000 hex Data transfer from the program area to the file memory FINS Commands Comments Section 5 3 0001 hex Data transfer from the file memory to the program area 0002 hex Data compared Program number and beginning word command Always FFFF hex Beginning word command Always 00000000 hex Number of bytes command Specify the number
168. de UMAma Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK Ne OK Ne OK OK OK ox ox End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect End code Hex 00 Normal completion Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 141 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 31 TEST TS Returns unaltered one block of data transmitted from the host computer Command Format Specify any characters other than the carriage return 000 Q x10 x 10 T S 122 characters ind x el M N Unit No BCD Header Characters FCS Terminator code Response Format The same characters specified in the command will be returned unaltered if the test is successful dd x10 x10 T S 122 characters max x J Dl Mee Fe FS Unit No BCD Header Characters FCS Terminator code Limitations Between 0 and 122 characters can be sent If the command is correct no end code will be returned Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAma Singe Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG writeprotected Read protected OK No OK No x OK x OK _ End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if a terminator is not received in the fir
169. depends on the network that must be passed through 00 hex OD hex 00 hex OD hex OD hex 00 hex 00 hex 00 hex 00 hex 00 hex Max number of read Max number of write elements elements SYSWAY 269 words 267 words Ethernet 999 words 996 words Controller Link 999 words 996 words SYSMAC LINK 269 words 267 words DeviceNet 269 words 267 words If more than one network is passed through to read or write data the value for the network with the smallest limit will apply Volume labels are names registered in file memory File names consist of 12 bytes as shown below Be sure to follow this configuration when designating a file name by means of command parameters 8 bytes 1 byte 3 bytes Volume label file name directory name Extension Delimiter Start the file name and extension in the most significant bytes respectively and then fill in any unused bytes with 20 hex If the file name or extension in response data is less than 8 or 3 bytes respec tively unused bytes will be filled with 20 hex It is not permissible to specify 00 hex or E5 hex at the beginning of a file name Codes of 00 hex or E5 hex means erased in DOS It is also not per Designating Command Parameters Section 5 2 missible to specify 7E hex at the first and second characters consecutive of a file name If a file name has no extension fill both the period 2E hex and the extension with 20 hex If the file name in response dat
170. directory can contain a volume label but not a current directory or parent directory mark Number of files response The number of files that have been read Bit 15 is ON 1 if the last file is included Bit 15 OFF 0 Without last file Bit 15 ON 1 With last word file Bits O to 14 No of files read Bits O to 7 second byte Bits 8 to 15 first byte File data response Each file data consists of 22 bytes The specified files will be transmitted in sequence starting from the first file The total number of bytes required is cal culated as follows Number of read files x 22 bytes The configuration for each file data is as follows tst byte 22nd byte 12 bytes o File name Date time File capacity Attribute File Name Specify the name of the file Refer to Volume Labels and File Names on page 168 for the structure of file names Date and Time Indicates the date and time at which the file was created See the note below for details of the configuration File Capacity Indicates the size the number of bytes in four digits hexadecimal of the file Attribute First byte Second byte NM a ne Bit 15 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 p pope Reserved area Read only file Hidden file System file Volume label Subdirectory Archive file o R Il N
171. dress l fae communications path network address A 19 PHCA Serial portani Target OMRON Component or Modbus Slave address e g 80 hex 83 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 3 6 10 Explanation Unit Addresses for Serial Communications Ports 84 To treat the serial communications path as a network the serial port itself is recognized as a Communications Unit and is allocated a network address CPU Unit Peripheral port I 1 Commu Unit address nications 253 decimal Unit RS 232C port Unit address 252 decimal Network Serial communications path Assigned to network address n Serial Communications Unit Board Serial port Unit address U See note Commu nications Unit Serial communications path Network Assigned to network address n Local network table in routing tables Unit number Network Ex pressed L S as ee note address Set correspondence Note The unit number is set as a CPU Bus Unit for Communica tions Units but the unit address is set for the serial port Peripheral port 253 decimal e RS 232C port 252 decimal Ex Local network table in routing tables Unit number Network pressed EZ as U n Set correspondence Note The unit number is set as a CPU Bus Unit for Communica tions Units but the unit address 80 hex 81 hex unit number x 4 hex as a decimal is set for the serial por
172. dress of the source is set SID Source ID Automatically set by the CPU Unit using SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 3 5 7 Response Format Returned by the Host Computer Hesponses to FINS commands received by the host computer are returned in the format shown below Unit No Ba ICF RSV GCT DNA DA1 code DA2 SNA ER bM a RP DR n HE M end FCS Terminator Data 1 0 SA1 SA2 SID FINS command code FINS response code 076 characters Note ICF Information Control Field CO ASCII 48 30 will be returned RSV Reserved 00 ASCII 30 30 is returned GCT Gateway Count 07 ASCII 30 37 is returned DNA Destination Network Address DA1 Destination Node Address DA2 Destination Unit Address The same contents specified for SNA SA1 and SA2 in the command that was received will be returned SNA Source Network Address SA1 Source Node Address SA2 Source Unit Address The same contents specified for DNA DA1 and DA2 in the command that was received will be returned SID Source ID The SID that was specified in the command that was received will be returned Command Code The command code that was specified in the command that was received will be returned The length of the response cannot exceed 1 115 characters Create responses so that the response data without the response code is less than 1 076 characters 538 bytes 57 FINS Commands with Host Link Prot
173. e Parameters I O memory area code beginning address number of items command Specify the type of data written the beginning address of the data to be written and the number of items of data to be written 2 digits hexadecimal The memory areas that can be written are given in the following table I O Memory Area Codes Refer to 5 2 2 I O Memory Address Designations for the specific addresses that can be used Data command The data from the specified I O memory area is returned in sequence starting from the beginning address The required number of bytes in total is calculated as follows Number of bytes required by each item x number of items For details regarding data configuration refer to Element Data Configurations on page 163 End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments If the number of items is designated as 0000 hex a normal completion end code will be returned without the write operation being executed The MEMORY AREA WHITE command can be executed regardless of the CPU Unit s operating mode It is the user s responsibility to program steps to prohibit this command from being executed when the CPU Unit is in RUN mode if such protection is necessary Execute CPU UNIT STATUS READ command code 0601 to read the CPU Unit s mode Refer to 5 3 17 CPU UNIT STATUS READ 06 07 When data is written to the Timer Counter PV Area the Completion Flags will not be turned OFF
174. e Section 5 3 Parameter command Specify the transfer or verification method 0000 hex Transfer CPU Unit to Memory Cassette 0001 hex Transfer Memory Cassette to CPU Unit 0002 hex Verify between CPU Unit and Memory Cassette 0003 hex Initialize Memory Cassette 8000 hex Read data type in Memory Cassette Data t e designation command Bit 15 All or individual area designation OFF All ON Individual areas OFF All areas for bits 00 and 02 through 07 See note ON Only areas specified by bits 00 and 02 through 07 Multiple bits can be turned ON Bits 14 to 08 Reserved Bit 07 Data memory initial values Bit 06 Data memory Bit 05 Program indices Bit 04 Comments Bit 03 Symbol table Bit 02 parameter area Bit 01 Reserved Bit 00 User program Function block sources If bit 15 is OFF and any of bit 02 or bits 02 to 07 is ON an Other Parameter Error will occur and an end code of 110C hex will be returned End code response Hefer to 5 1 3 End Codes for information on end codes Stored data type response When reading the data type in the Memory Cassette parameter 8000 hex the following bits corresponding to the stored data will be turned ON More than one bit may be turned ON Bit 07 Data memory initial values Bit 06 Data memory Bit 05 Program indices Bit 04 Comments Bit 03 Symbol table Bit 02 Parameter area Bit 01 Function block sources Bit 00 User
175. e file mem Ory Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No OK No RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 220 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Command Format 22 OA 12 bytes Command Parameter Beginning address No of Disk No File name ciety Absolute directory code code Memory area code items length path Memory area specification File specification Response Format 22 OA Command End code No of items code Parameters Parameter code command Specify the transfer compare method as follows 0000 hex Data transfer from the I O memory area to the file memory 0001 hex Data transfer from the file memory to the I O memory area 0002 hex Data compared I O memory area code Beginning address command The memory area to be used for data transfer or comparison and the first address in the memory area to be transferred or compared The memory areas that can be written are given in the following table Refer to 5 2 2 I O Memory Address Designations for the specific addresses that can Data type Mode memory area Bytes per element code mE Word eo Bit Area IAR 0 00 0000 be used PV DM DMAra DM Wod CO R Area BEEN bank O to bank F Word ADAE SU to AF or 50 to5F see note EM ba
176. e status of the data link 01 Local node 01 Local node Network status Local node is not participat Connect the node to the network error not in network of local node ing in the network 02 Token Maximum node Token does not arrive Set the local node to within the timeout address maximum node address 03 Retries Send was not possible during Execute a communications test failed the specified number of between the nodes and re examine retries the system environment if it fails 04 Too many Number of Cannot send because maxi Check event execution on the net send frames enabled send mum number of event frames work and reduce the number of frames exceeded events per cycle Increase the maximum number of event frames 05 Node Node address Node address setting error Check the settings of the rotary address range occurred switches to be sure that the address error is within range and that each address is set only once in the same network 06 Node Node addresses The same node address has Change the address of one of the address been set twice in the same nodes with the same address duplication network 155 Command Lists Section 5 1 Checkpoint Probable cause 01 Destination INS indicator on The destination node is notin Add the destination node to the net the network 02 Destination node error node not in net Unit work 02 Unit miss Instruction There is no Unit
177. e sys tem will not be adversely affected before transferring the routing tables SECTION 1 Introduction This section introduces the C mode commands and FINS commands and explains the relationship between them 1 1 Overview of Communications Commands eese 2 I2 Camode Commands so 3 6 dodo egies Be Eb SR hae EC LR Rha EA 2 1 3 BINS Commands ves er is EW ee per RS Be i Bee oe RS Overview of Communications Commands Section 1 1 1 1 Overview of Communications Commands Communications Commands Addressed to CS CJ CP NSJ series Units Communications commands C mode Commands FINS Commands Note A CS CJ CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller can receive the following communications commands C mode commands via Host Link Via CMND 490 SEND 090 RECV 098 FINS commands Mia Host Link C mode commands are specialized Host Link communications commands They are issued by a host computer and sent to a CPU Unit The devices that can be connected for serial communications are the CPU Unit a Serial Com munications Unit and a Serial Communications Board FINS commands are message service communications commands They do not depend on a particular transmission path They can be used for communi cations on various networks Controller Link Ethernet etc and for serial communications Host Link They can be issued from a CPU Unit Special I O Unit or host computer and they can also be sent t
178. e used for message service outside of the lo cal network They cannot be used for functions such as file operations C mode Host Link commands can be sent from a host computer connected to a CS CJ series Host Link Unit Up to 32 PLCs Host Link Units can be con nected to a single host computer For identification each Host Link Unit is assigned a unit number from O to 31 The length of a single unit of a command or response exchange is called a frame A single frame contains a maximum of 131 characters of data Char acters are sent and received as ASCII For a CS CJ series PLC a Host Link Unit can be the CPU Unit a Serial Communications Unit or a Serial Communications Board A maximum of 30 words of data can be transferred for the first command frame and a maximum of 31 words of data can be transferred for other com mand frames when reading or writing word data in I O memory When read ing writing more than 30 words of data the data transfer will be processed in multiple transmissions with 30 words in the first and up to 31 words in each of Command Response Formats Section 2 2 the following transmissions until the number of words set in the command has been processed The frame formats for Host Link commands sent from a host computer and responses returned by the PLC receiving the commands are explained in the following section 2 2 Command Response Formats Single frame Commands If a command is not more than 1
179. ead is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory File name command opecify the name of the file to be read For details on the configuration refer to page 168 File position command Specify the number of bytes the relative byte address from the start of the file from which to start reading Files start at 00000000 hex Data length command Specify the number of bytes of data to read File capacity response The capacity bytes of the file that was read is returned 214 FINS Commands Section 5 3 File position response The position of the first data read is returned Data length response The number of bytes of data read is returned If the last data in the file is included the leftmost bit in this parameter will be ON Data response The specified data is returned in sequence starting from the specified byte Directory length Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length Absolute directory path Indicates the absolute path from the root directory It begins with 5C hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself End code response R
180. eated to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the actual network address used to specify the destination PLC e Destination Node Address DA1 e When a routing table is created to treat the serial communications path as a network set 00 hex for communications within the local PLC or the Host Link unit number 1 for serial serial serial conversion e When a routing table is not created to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the actual node address used to specify the destination PLC the Host Link unit number 1 for serial serial serial conversion e Destination Unite Address DA2 This is the serial ports unit address e Unit addresses for serial port 1 Bo ard Hexadecimal 60 ea ee 60 o0 o7 ee e Unit addresses for serial port 2 Bo ard Ao Es e Sending Modbus ASCII Commands with the CMND Instruction e Set FINS command code 2805 hex CONVERT TO MODBUS ASCII COMMAND in S e Set the following parameters in ASCII starting at S 1 with the leftmost byte first Slave address 2 byte ASCII Function code 2 byte ASCII and the communications data ASCII 2 x n bytes Note For Modbus RTU set the Modbus RTU Slave address 1 byte in the leftmost byte of S 1 and the function code 1 byte in the rightmost byte of S41 236 A B ABORT XZ 147 access right acquiring 5 150 153 201 203 at another device 171 releasing 5 150 153
181. ected system operation Tighten the terminal screws on the AC Power Supply Unit to the torque speci fied in the operation manual The loose screws may result in burning or mal function Do not touch the Power Supply Unit when power is being supplied or immedi ately after the power supply is turned OFF The Power Supply Unit will be hot and you may be burned Be careful when connecting personal computers or other peripheral devices to a PLC to which is mounted a non insulated Unit CS1W CLK12 52 V1 or CS1W ETNO1 connected to an external power supply A short circuit will be created if the 24 V side of the external power supply is grounded and the 0 V side of the peripheral device is grounded When connecting a peripheral device to this type of PLC either ground the O V side of the external power supply or do not ground the external power supply at all Operating Environment Precautions N Caution N Caution N Caution Do not operate the control system in the following places e Locations subject to direct sunlight Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in tem perature e Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases e Locations subject to dust especially iron dust or salts e Locations subject to exposure to water oil or chemicals e Locations subject to shock or vibration Take
182. ed Error log data response The specified error log records will be returned in sequence starting from the beginning record number The total number of bytes required is calculated as follows No of records x 10 bytes The configuration of each error record is as follows 1st byte 10th byte Error code1 Error code 2 Minute Day Hour Year Month Second Error code 1 2 Refer to 5 3 27 ERROR CLEAR 21 07 for information on error codes Refer to the relevant operation manual or installation guide for more details Each data record includes the minute second day of month hour 0 to 23 year the rightmost two digits and month in BCD specifying the time that the error occurred End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments The response will contain only the command code and end code if the begin ning record number is higher than the number of records contained in the PLC When the PLC does not have the specified number of records all the records that have been stored in the PLC will be read and an address range overflow error will result 208 FINS Commands Section 5 3 If the data is too large and exceeds the permissible length of the response for mat the part in excess will not be read and a normal response will be returned 5 3 29 ERROR LOG CLEAR 21 03 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Comments Clears all error lo
183. ed t WT PP completed No Response Required Host computer Serial Communications Board Unit 1 1 Response wait time 2 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag Command acknowledged Command completed When response wait time has been set in the command format from the host computer commands to the host computer will not be transmitted until the response time has elapsed 1 Transmission of responses to commands from the host computer will be postponed until the command transmission to the host computer has been completed When a response is not required from the host computer the Communica tions Port Enabled Flag will turn ON when the command to the host computer has passed from the CPU Unit to the port 61 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 3 5 10 Programming Example 0000 A202 0128 00 04 02 011 FM kL KEEP 012800 1 0128 01 0128 a 021 MOv 000A D00000 14 021 MOV 0100 D00001 021 2 MOv 0000 D00002 021 MOV 0405 D00003 021 MOv 0000 D00004 4 070 XFER 000A 0100 D00010 3 090 Q SENDD00010 D00020 D00000 4 0128 A202 00 04 3 M RF EA 0128 A219 0002 00 04 00 5 A Q Main execution 6 condition grs A202 0128 L 93 FM EBBM A L KEEP 012802 7 021 MOV 000A D00100 021 MOV 0201 D00101 021 MOV 0400 D00102 021 MOV 0405 D00103 021 MOV 0030 D00104 us 098 RECVD01000 D02000 D0
184. ees eee ere Unit No BCD Header Beginning word Write data 1 word FCS Terminator code 0000 to 6143 Write data for number of words to write Response Format Q x10 x10 W R x16 x16 x a li PN Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Execution Conditions PLC Mode UM Area Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK OK OK j No No OK OK OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect or the first word of write data is not in the first frame An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified write data exceeds the data area boundaries the beginning word is not speci fied in BCD or the write data is not hexadecimal An end code of A5 will be returned instead of 15 for non hexadecimal write data in multiple command frames 0 Nomacmpeln SSS 114 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 11 LR AREA WRITE WL Writes data to the Link Area CIO 1000 to CIO 1199 starting from the speci fied word Writing is done in word units Command Format SO Q x10 x 109 W L x10 x10 x10 x 10 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 169 x J ete ae P Unit No BCD Header Beginning word Write data 1 word 7 FCS Terminator code 000 to 0199 Write data for
185. efer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments By specifying 0000 hex as the file position and data length in the command is possible to see if the file exists 5 3 34 SINGLE FILE WRITE 22 03 Writes a new file to the file memory or appends or overwrites an existing file stored in the file memory Designation can be made to protect existing files if an attempt is made to create a new file of the same name as an existing file Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection No CK KN RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format 22 03 12 bytes Command Diskno Parameter File name File position Data length File data code code Directory Absolute directory length path Response Format Command End code code 215 FINS Commands Parameters Comments Section 5 3 Disk number command The classification of the file memory with the file name to be read is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory Parameter code command As follows 0000 hex Writes a new file If a file with the same name already exists the new file will not be created 0001 hex Writes a new file If a file with the same name already exists it will be overwrit ten 0002 hex Adds data to an existing file 000
186. emote network address 2 Unit No for Host Link s 1 Remote node address incremented by 1 3 Actual remote unit address nu Remote unit address ris command CPU Unit 00 hex Serial Communications Unit Board E g Unit number O port 1 Serial communications path Host Link FINS PLC Routing tables for treating serial communications path as a network As etwor Unit number address 0 80 hex 128 decimal A o Calculated from Unit No 0 port 1 Serial communicatioris path Host Link FINS 1 Network address To serial communications path network address A Target PLC 2 Node address Unit numbers for Host Link 0 to 31 1 3 Unit address E g 00 hex for CPU Unit pe CPU Unit 3 6 9 Using a non PLC Component as the Target Network to Serial Conversion Routing tables to enable the serial communications path to be treated as a network are optional Without Routing Tables Specify the addresses as shown in the following example Address Specification Exam N S 1 Network Remote network address ddress to distinguish address 2 Node Remote node address ae ee m Serial port unit address 80 hex 128 decimal Remote unit address Calculated from unit number O port 1 FINS network Network address N Serial Communications Unit Board E g Unit number O port 1 PLC No routing tables required to treat serial communications path as a network Address
187. end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the program address is not BCD or if the timer counter type or number is out of range including hexadecimal data An end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the specified instruction does not exist in the UM Area o Nomacowieon 4 3 22 TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 3 W 130 From the specified program address onwards in cyclic task 0 TIMER COUNTER SV CHANGE 3 finds the specified timer counter instruction and changes the 4 digit constant SV BCD that is set or the word address where the SV is stored to a newly designated constant SV or storage word address C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Command Format Q x10 x100 Ww x10 x10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 109 OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 N N Unit No BCD Rd Program address Timer counter type Timer counter number OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 i Constant area classification New SV word address FCS Terminator Instruction name Timer counter type Timer counter Char Char Char Char number acter 1 acter 2 acter 3 acter 4 HIGH SPEED TIMER T H W WAIT mew T M wo HIGH SPEED TIMER T M H
188. ending a FINS message containing a Modbus ASCII command Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 28 05 Command Slave Function Communications code address code data ASCII ASCII ASCII 28 05 Command End code Slave Function Communications code address code data ASCII ASCII ASCII Command Slave Address Specify the Modbus ASCII device address Set the address in ASCII between 01 and F7 hex 3031 to 4637 ASCII which is 1 to 247 in decimal Function Code Specify the function code of the Modbus ASCII command Set the address in ASCII between 01 and FF hex 8031 to 4646 ASCII which is 1 to 255 in dec imal Communications Data Specify the required parameters in ASCII associated with the function code The amount of communications data varies In some cases there is no com munications data Response The response is the same as the command except that it contains an end code 235 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Precautions e FINS Header Destination Address Contents The following settings are required e Destination Network Address DNA e When a routing table is created to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the network address associated with the Serial Communications Unit or Board s serial port by the routing table e When a routing table is not cr
189. ent is as follows Slave address ASCII FUNCTION code ASCII Communications data ASCII 73 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 The header 3A hex and LRC CR LF are not required when sending FINS They are added automatically for serial communications 3 6 6 Converting from FINS to Host Link FINS A PLC slave that is connected serially to the PLC master via Host Link can be accessed from the PLC master or personal computer see note using FINS messages Accessing a device on another network via Host Link serial com munications is also possible by using FINS messages By converting the FINS to Host Link FINS the PLC can function as a Host Link master Note Applications such as CX Programmer or CX Protocol that use CX Server as a communications driver e Sent FINS message FINS header User specified FINS command see note 1 e Message after conversion FINS command enclosed in Host Link header and terminator see note 2 Host Link FINS command FINS message OMRON PLC CS CJ Series i CVM1 CV Series CX Program mer or other scree application es coaene munications using CX Via serial network Unit Board FINS command ED IEEE using Host Link Server or or CPU bus RS 232C or RS 422A 485 To other network CPU Unit CMND 490 System Confiquration Patterns Access from CX Programmer Sending Internal FINS Messages The Board Unit converts the FINS message
190. er of files read Directory length Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length Absolute directory path Indicates the absolute path from the root directory It begins with BC hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself Disk data response Indicates the file memory data The configuration is as follows istbyte 26th byte 12 bytes Ue Date time Total capacity Unused capacity Total No of files abe 212 Volume Label The volume label is the name registered with the file memory For details on the configuration refer to page 168 Date and Time The date and time show the date and time that the volume label was created Total Capacity and Open Capacity The total capacity and open capacity show the total capacity of the file mem ory being used and the number of bytes still available hexadecimal FINS Commands Section 5 3 Total Number of Files The number of files recorded in the absolute directory path Volume labels hidden files system files subdirectories the current directory indicated by and the parent directory indicated by are all counted as files The root
191. ersion field will be filled with null codes For system use response Reserved for system use 1st byte 2nd byte 34rh byte D Reserved for system Largest EM bank number DIP switch data DIP switch data Status of DIP switch on front panel of CPU Unit Pins O to 7 correspond to bits O to 7 ON 1 OFF 0 Largest EM bank Largest number 0 to 19 in CPU Units EM area Bank number 190 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Area data response The area data is configured as follows 1st byte 12th byte Not used No of DM words Program Memory card area size size IOM size Timer counter EM size Memory card type SIZE Program area size Maximum size of usable program area K words 1K words 1 024 words IOM size The size of the area CIO WR HR AR timer K bytes 1K bytes 1 024 bytes counter completion flags TN in which bit commands can be used always 23 Number of DM words Total words in the DM area always 32 768 Timer counter size Maximum number of timers counters available x 1 024 always 8 EM non file memory size Among the banks in the EM area the number of Banks 1 bank 32 768 words banks 0 to D without file memory Memory card type 00 No memory card 04 Flash memory Memory card size Size of the memory card 0000 if there is no memory K byte 1 word 2 bytes card CPU Bus Unit configuration response Each CPU Bus
192. ersonnel who must also have knowledge of electrical systems an electrical engineer or the equivalent Personnel in charge of installing FA systems e Personnel in charge of designing FA systems e Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities 2 General Precautions The user must operate the product according to the performance specifica tions described in the operation manuals Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual or applying the product to nuclear control systems railroad systems aviation systems vehicles combustion systems medical equipment amuse ment machines safety equipment and other systems machines and equip ment that may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly consult your OMRON representative Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are sufficient for the systems machines and equipment and be sure to provide the systems machines and equipment with double safety mechanisms This manual provides information for programming and operating the Unit Be sure to read this manual before attempting to use the Unit and keep this man ual close at hand for reference during operation N WARNING It is extremely important that a PLC and all PLC Units be used for the speci fied purpose and under the specified conditions especially in applications that can directly or indirectly affect human life You must
193. esponse By using RECV 098 data from the host computer can be written to a mem ory area in the CPU Unit Command Format Received by the Host Computer The FINS command transmitted to the host computer when RECV 098 is executed is MEMORY AREA READ command code 0101 The command format received by the host computer is shown in the following diagram Refer to MEMORY AREA READ 0101 in Section 5 FINS Commands for details Unit No Header ICF RSV GCT DNA DA1 code Response wait time code Beginning Number of read FCS Terminator read address elements Control Words Control data must be set before RECV 098 is executed The control data is written in the following format starting from the first control word Word Bits 00 to 07 Bits 08 to 15 Number of read words Destination network address Bits 08 to 10 Serial port number Destination unit address Destination node address Bits 00 to 03 No of retries Bits 08 to 10 Comm port number Response monitor time unit 0 1 s Number of Read Words Set the total number of words of data to be read from the host computer Serial Port Number Set the serial port number to which the host computer is connected Destination Network Address Set the network address of the destination node i e the computer Set 00 to send communications within the local network Destination Node Address Set the node address of the destination node i e the computer Set 00 when tr
194. ess must be installed when shorting the GR and LG terminals on the Power Supply Unit e Always turn OFF the power supply to the PLC before attempting any of the following Not turning OFF the power supply may result in malfunction or electric shock e Mounting or dismounting Power Supply Units I O Units CPU Units Option Boards or any other Units e Assembling the Units e Setting DIP switches or rotary switches e Connecting cables or wiring the system e Connecting or disconnecting the connectors N Caution Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to faulty operation of the PLC or the system or could damage the PLC or PLC Units Always heed these precautions e The user program and parameter area data in the CS1 H CS1D CJ1 H CJ1M and CJ2 CPU Units are backed up in the built in flash memory The BKUP indicator will light on the front of the CPU Unit when the backup operation is in progress Do not turn OFF the power supply to the CPU Unit while the BKUP indicator is lit The data will not be backed up if power is turned OFF e When using a CS series CS1 CPU Unit for the first time install the CS1W BATO1 Battery provided with the Unit and clear all memory areas from a Programming Device before starting to program Not required for CS1 H CJ1 CJ1 H CJ1M or CS1D CPU Units e When using the internal clock for a CS series CS1 CPU Unit turn ON power after installing the battery and set the clock fr
195. etwork Write Protection The Validate FINS Write Protection via Network parameter in the PLC Setup can be used to set whether the CPU Unit will accept or reject network com mands 5 3 2 MEMORY AREA READ 01 01 Heads the contents of the specified number of consecutive memory area words starting from the specified word Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format Command Beginning address No of items code binary I O Memory area code Response Format 01 01 E en x Command End code Data for number of items code 171 FINS Commands Parameters 172 Note Section 5 3 I O memory area code beginning address number of items command Specify the type of data read the beginning address of the data to be read and the number of items of data to be read 2 digits hexadecimal The memory areas that can be read are given in the following table O Mem ory Area Codes Refer to 5 2 2 V O Memory Address Designations for the specific addresses that can be used Data response Indicates the data from the specified I O memory area is returned in sequence starting from the beginning address The required number of bytes in total is calculated as follows Number of bytes required by each item x number of items For details regarding data configuration refe
196. ex Response required Communications port number 0 Resends 0 hex 0000 hex Response monitoring time 2 s 93 Communications Frames Section 3 7 Response Operand Offset value Meng O D 0 2804 hex Conversion to Modbus RTU FINS command code 2804 hex D02000 0000 hex FINS end code 0000 hex normal 0210 hex Modbus RTU slave address 02 hex FUNCTION code 10 hex DATA WRITE 0002 hex Write data register No 0002 hex frequency reference 0001 hex Number of write data registers 0001 hex 1 register Sending Host Link FINS Commands e Set any FINS command code in S Be sure to set the Host Link unit number 0 to 31 incremented by one 1 to 32 for the PLC slave corresponding to the send destination node address in C 3 bits 08 to 15 Example of Sending Host Link FINS Commands Using CMND 490 The following example is for sending FINS commands to a CS CJ CP series PLC or an NSJ Controller connected to the Serial Communications Unit through an RS 422A 485 communications path via an Ethernet network Example The CMND 490 instruction is executed in the PLC on the Ethernet The FINS command e g OPERATING MODE CHANGE STOP 0402 hex is sent to the CS CJ CP series PLC or NSJ Controller Host Link unit number 1 that is connected to port 2 unit address 81 hex 4 hex x unit number 6 99 hex 153 decimal corresponding to network address 5 in the routing tables of the Serial Communications Unit
197. ex a normal completion end code will be returned without the copy operation being executed It is the user s responsibility to program steps to prohibit this command from being executed when the CPU Unit is in RUN mode if such protection is nec essary Execute CPU UNIT STATUS READ command code 0601 to read the CPU Unit s mode Refer to 5 3 17 CPU UNIT STATUS HEAD 06 01 Even if data is written to the Timer Counter PV Area the Completion Flags will not be turned OFF 0 179 FINS Commands Section 5 3 I O Memory Area Codes Data type CS CJ mode CV mode Bytes per memory area memory area element code uu code E CIO Area Word B HodingBiAma HR DM DMArea si D Area bank O to m r to AF or w to 97 bank F E to 5F see note EM n in 10 to 60 to 68 n in 18 EM current Word bank Note On a CJ2 CPU unit only 50 to 5F can be specified for the memory area code of EM banks 0 to F 5 3 7 PARAMETER AREA READ 02 01 Heads the contents of the specified number of consecutive CPU Unit parame ter area words starting from the specified word Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection Execution Conditions RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OK OK Command Format 02 01 80 73s Command Parameter Beginning No of words code area code word Response Form
198. f the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the mode data is out of range 00 Nomacombelon OOO 4 3 25 ERROR READ MF Heads CPU Unit error information Command Format x10 x 100 M F x10 x 109 x d P Unit No BCD Maid Error clear FCS Terminator code For the error clear parameter specify 01 to clear errors and OO to not clear errors BCD Response Format x10 x100 M F x 16 x 169 x 16 x 162 x 16 x 169 x 16 x 162 x 16 x 16 x i Header End code Error information Error information FCS Terminator coins code 1st word 2nd word 135 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 1st word x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 4 O0 oloo o 0 0000 1 Battery error 440204 gt gt 7 T Special I O Unit error OR of A40206 and A40207 MIN C 1 FAL generated A40215 o t n t n ns 1 Memory error A40115 EMEN LLLLLLLLLLLLLC 1 I O bus error A40114 bx Ron eee eee cee Wo be Eos Eck ON Bob dod 1 No end instruction error FALS A40109 Program error Pmeee tke ILSLDUCIITITIILIIIIIITTT 1 System error FALS A401 06 2nd word x 16 x 162 x 16 x 16 Bit 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O
199. for most models and the value is specified in ASCII as 30 hex For some models other values must be set End Code Response The end code indicates the command frame s execution result The end code is not the same as the response code which is described below 231 FINS Commands Section 5 3 CompoWay F Command Code This is the CompoWay F command code For details refer to the command manual for the CompoWay F Slave CompoWay F Response Code The CompoWay F response code indicates the results of the service requested by the command code For details refer to the command manual for the CompoWay F Slave CompoWay F Text This is the data that follows the response code Precautions e FINS Header Destination Address The following settings are required e Destination Network Address DNA e When a routing table is created to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the network address associated with the Serial Communications Unit or Board s serial port by the routing table e When a routing table is not created to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the actual network address used to specify the destination PLC e Destination Node Address DA1 e When a routing table is created to treat the serial communications path as a network set 00 hex for communications within the local PLC or the Host Link unit number 1 for serial serial gt serial conversion e When a rou
200. for the EM Area an Area Missing error end code 1101 will be returned and a PLC Setup setting error will occur in the CPU Unit These errors however will not occur if the current bank is EMO 5 3 36 FILE DELETE 22 05 Execution Conditions Deletes files registered to file memory Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No No RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 217 FINS Commands Command Format 22 05 Command Disk No code Response Format Parameters Comments Section 5 3 12 bytes 12 bytes No of File name File name Directory Absolute directory files length path 22 05 Command End code No of code files Disk number command The classification of the file memory with the file to be deleted is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory Number of files command Specify the number of files to be deleted File name command Specify the name of the file to be deleted For details on the configuration refer to page 168 Directory length Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length Absolute directory path Indicates the absolute path from the root directory I
201. g pointers to O Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No OK CK No RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command format 21 03 Command End code format End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes This command clears the number of error log records that are stored It does not clear data from the error log area 5 3 30 FINS WRITE ACCESS LOG READ 21 40 Execution Conditions Command Format The CPU Unit automatically keeps a log of any access for FINS write com mands regardless of the setting This command reads this log which tells the nodes and time when there was access Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device prorector write B 21 40 Command Beginning No of code record No records 209 FINS Commands Response Format Section 5 3 21 40 12 bytes 12 yes Parameters 210 Command End code code Max No of No of No of Access log Access log stored records stored records data data records read Beginning record number command Specify the first record to be read The first record number is 0000 hex Number of records command response Specify the number of records to read The number of read rec
202. g the CPU Unit a Special I O Unit or a CPU Bus Unit make sure that the required data for the DM Area Holding Area and other memory areas has been transferred to the new Unit before restarting operation Confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system before attempting any of the following Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation e Changing the operating mode of the PLC including the setting of the startup operating mode Force setting force resetting any bit in memory e Changing the present value of any word or any set value in memory Do not pull on the cables or bend the cables beyond their natural limit Doing either of these may break the cables Do not place objects on top of the cables or other wiring lines Doing so may break the cables Do not use commercially available RS 232C personal computer cables Always use the special cables listed in this manual or make cables according to manual specifications Using commercially available cables may damage the external devices or CPU Unit Never connect pin 6 5 V power supply on the RS 232C port on the CPU Unit to any device other than an NT ALOO1 or CJ1W CIF11 Adapter The external device or the CPU Unit may be damaged xxl Application Precautions xxii 5 Before touching a Unit be sure to first touch a grounded metallic object in order to discharge any static built up Not doing so may result in malfunc tion or damage e Do not short the
203. gistration table It is not simply cleared to 0000 hex Each parameter area must be cleared in its entirety 5 3 10 PROGRAM AREA READ 03 06 Execution Conditions Command Format 184 Heads the contents of the specified number of consecutive program area words starting from the specified word Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection OK Ne OX OK O RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 03 05 FF FF Command Program Beginning word No of code No bytes FINS Commands Section 5 3 Response Format O3 06 FF FF Command End code Program Beginning address No of Data code No bytes Parameters Program No command and response Set to FFFF hex Beginning address command and response For the beginning address the beginning of the program area is specified as a relative address of 00000000 hex The beginning address must be a multiple of four Number of bytes command and response The number of bytes must be a multiple of four and no greater than 992 The leftmost bit bit 15 indicates whether the data at the last address in the pro gram area is included If bit 15 is ON 1 when the response is returned it indi cates that the data at the last address in the program area is included in the read data Bit 15 must be OFF 0 in the com
204. gnates the program address in four digits decimal BCD for beginning the search for the specified timer counter Timer Counter Type Command Designate in ASCII characters the timer counter instruction type for reading the constant SV or the word address in which it is stored Timer Counter Number Command Designate in four digits BCD the timer counter instruction number for read ing the constant SV or the word address in which it is stored Data register designation is not possible Constant Area Classification Response The constant or I O memory area classification is returned in ASCII to this parameter SV Word Address Response The constant SV or the word address in which it is stored is returned to this parameter Limitations Timers T2048 to T4095 and counters C2048 to C4095 cannot be read The SV of the first timer counter found after the designated program address will be read If the SV is outside of range for the timer counter type or number an end code of 16 command not supported will be returned 123 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 If the SV is a DM or EM indirect address only indirect BCD designations will be read and an end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the indirect designation is not BCD SV can be read only from cyclic task 0 Execution Conditions Commands Responses PLCMode UMAma Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected
205. he project gateway e g PLC2 2 n the Change PLC Dialog Box of the target PLC e g PLC1 select the relay PLC gateway PLC in the Network Type pull down menu e g PLC2 See note and click the Settings Button to the right of the Net work Type pull down menu Note The PLC name enclosed in square brackets e g PLC2 indicates the gateway PLC x Device Name PLET Device Type cs18 CJ1G Settings m Network Type 5 FinsGateway SYSMAC LINK SYSMAC WAY a Toolbus Y Settings Select the PLC to be used as the o relay PLC e g PLC2 in the L Network Type pull down menu 3 The Network Settings Dialog Box will be displayed Click the Guide for Se rial Gateway Button 4 The Serial Gateway Guide Dialog Box will be displayed Select the unit and the port number under the Calculate Address Area the serial port number address is automatically calculated in the Calculated Address Field Select the Use SYSWAY with the port option and enter the actual Host Link unit number for the target communications partner PLC in the Host Link Unit Number field see note Finally click the Apply Button 75 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 The Serial Serial Gateway Guide Communications port address is automatically i calculated Select the Unit the Unit Calculate Address Calculated Address e200 lh select the port gt CPU ur Ba
206. he SV is stored Command Format x10 x100 R x10 x10 x 10 x 100 OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 xo o d Unit No BCD Header Program address Timer counter tvpe Timer counter FCS Terminator code BCD uP number BCD Instruction name Timer counter type Timer counter Char Char Char Char Umber BCD acter 1 acter 2 acter 3 acter 4 HIGH SPEED COUNTER T H W 0000 to 2047 WAIT menw T mMm w HIGH SPEED TIMER T MH TOTALIZING TIMER T T M REVERSIBLE COUNTER C N T RR TMER T o Note SP represents a space 20 Hex 122 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Response Format x16 x160 OP1 OP2 OP3 OPA x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 Unit No BCD Header End code Constant area SV word address FCS Terminator code classification Classification SV or word ter 1 ter 2 ter 3 ter 4 Constant fe Jo N fem 0000109999 co f o e j000t614 Ee ae T a HO ise fee SP 0000 to 9999 M SP SP 0000 to 9999 R K R K Noo MNs M M ANN oR NN Wo D na N t EM indirect current bank EM banks 0 to C EM indirect banks O to Oto C 0000 to 9999 SP il Rn im SP C Data register Index register indirect EE 0000 to 0015 0000 to 0015 Note SP represents a space 20 Hex Parameters Program Address Command Desi
207. header code specified in the FINS command that was received will be returned ICF Information Control Field For a CPU Unit on a network CO ASCII 43 30 will be returned For a CPU Unit connected directly to the host computer 40 ASCII 34 30 will be returned RSV Reserved This section is reserved for the system Do not access the RSV GCT Gateway Count This section is reserved for the system Do not access the GCT The same GCT that was specified in the command that was received will be returned Setting GCT is required in the response format only from a CPU Unit on a net work DNA Destination Network Address DA1 Destination Node Address DA2 Destination Unit Address The same contents specified for SNA SA1 and SA2 in the command that was received will be returned Setting DNA and DA 1 is required for response formats only from a CPU Unit on a network SNA Source Network Address SA1 Source Node Address SA2 Source Unit Address The same contents specified for DNA DA1 and DA2 in the command that was received will be returned Setting SNA and SN1 is required for response formats only from a CPU Unit on a network SID Source ID The SID that was specified in the command that was received will be returned Command Code Response Code Text The command code response code and text corresponding to the FINS com mand and response formats will be returned FCS Frame Check Seque
208. i e from the CPU Unit model to the area data 05 01 20 bytes 20 bytes 40 bytes 12 tes Command End code CPU Unit CPU Unit For system Area data code model internal system use version The format is as shown below if 01 hex is specified as the data to be read i e from the CPU Bus Unit configuration to the CPU Unit information 05 o1 64 bytes Command End code CPU Bus E CPU Unit information code Unit configuration Remote I O data The format is as shown below if nothing is entered as the data to be read i e all data from the CPU Unit model to the CPU Unit information 05 01 20 bytes 20 bytes 40 bytes 12 bytes 64 bytes Command End code CPU Unit CPU Unit For system Area data CPU Bus L CPU Unit information code model i use i i i internal system Unit configuration Bemol Odaia version Data read for 00 Hex Data read for 01 Hex Parameters Data Command Specify the data to be read as follows Data to be read CPU Unit model CPU Bus Unit configuration CPU Unit internal system Remote I O data version CPU Unit information Area data CPU Unit model and internal system version response Each is returned in not more than 20 bytes in ASCII i e 20 ASCII characters If the model or internal system version requires less than 20 characters the model field will be filled with spaces and the internal system v
209. ier versions unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Earlier versions of the Serial Communi CS1W SCB21 V1 41 V1 Serial Communi Cations Boards Units support only the cations Board ports 1 N Host Link format CS1W SCU21 V1 Serial Communications Unit ports CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Unit ports CVM1 CV Series Only the 1 N Host Link format is sup VM1 CPUOO built i ported by the built in ports on CPU e She neues Units of CVM1 CV Series PLCs as well CV CPUL IL built in ports as the ports on Host Link Units and CV500 LK201 Host Link Unit Serial Communications Units Boards C Series Either the 1 N Host Link or 1 1 Host C500 LK103 LK203 Host Link Units Link format can be selected with these 3G2A5 LK101 LK201 Host Link Units pec a 3G2A6 LK101 LK201 LK202 Host Link Units C Series C200H LK101 LK201 LK202 Host Link Units 1 1 format With this Host Link C Series Either the 1 N Host Link or 1 1 Host format the connec C500 LK103 LK203 Host Link Units Link format can be selected with these s NR A 3G2A5 LK101 LK201 Host Link Units Senen HOSE Enea 1 1 only 3G2A6 LK101 LK201 LK202 Host Link Units C Series C200H LK101 LK201 LK202 Host Link Units Note The following diagrams show the differences in the command and response frames with the 1 N Host Link format and 1 1 Host Link format 21 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 1 N Format e Command 9e 0 0 R D A mal aes eae CRS Unit number Header
210. ific Unit that is participating in the communication in the PLC For a host computer an address that identifies the specific application that is participating in the communication in the com puter PLC Computer Node address 5 Node address 1 Ethernet network Network address 1 Unit address 12 Hex Node address 8 Ethernet Unit Unit address Node address 2 15 Hex Node ad Controller Link Network dress 7 Network address 2 Unit address of serial port 2 of the PLC Serial Communi cations Unit 81 Node address 3 Eid eue unit number Communications Unit CPU Unit Controller Link Unit Unit address Serial A Unit address 12 Hex 0 Hex oe ost Lin PLC Node address Host Link unit number 0 to 31 1 RS 232C port on CPU Unit Settings for Sending FINS Commands Section 3 4 3 4 3 Other FINS Command Settings Aside from the addresses the following data must be set Content Values Designation method Designation method CMND 490 Designation in operand frame when EE frame is created Number of retries Number of times to retry sending 0 to F Hex 0 to 15 times the command Port No Logical communications port CS 0 to 7 Hex CJ CP series CPU Units have 8 communications ports so 8 com munications commands can be executed simultaneously To exe cute 9 or more commands simul
211. ilt in ports CJ1M CPUL built in ports CS1W SCB21 V1 41 V1 unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Com munications Board ports CS1W SCU 21 V1 unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communica tions Unit ports CJ1W SCU 21 41 unit version Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communica tions Unit ports pl CVM1 CPUIL I built in ports CV CPUL I built in ports CV500 LK201 Host Link Unit 121 words 125 words Note There are several exceptions to the number of words per frame values shown in the table above The following responses are returned when reading 246 words of Timer Counter Completion Flags through CS CJ series CPU Unit built in ports CS CJ series Serial Communications Units Boards C200HX HG HE CPU Unit built in ports or C200HS CPU Unit built in ports 121 words 12a words The second to last frame contains 124 data words and the last frame contains 1 word This also applies when the number of words is 246 a multiple of 125 i e 371 words 496 words 621 words etc 17 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 The following responses are returned when reading 121 words of Timer Counter Completion Flags through CS CJ series Unit built in ports 120 words The following responses are returned when reading 121 words or 246 words through CVM1 and CV series CPU Unit built in ports or CVM1 CV series Host Link Units Number of Words 121 121 words O words terminator o
212. inal program address Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection No OK No No RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode No No OK 186 FINS Commands Command Format Response Format Parameters Comments Note Section 5 3 03 os FF FF Command Program code No Clear code 03 08 Command End code code Program No command Set to FFFF hex Clear code command Without interrupt tasks 00 hex With interrupt tasks 10 hex End code response Refer to 5 1 3 End Codes for information on end codes The program area can be cleared even if it is read protected from a Program ming Device When the program area is cleared protection will also be cleared Without Interrupt Tasks In this mode only one single cyclic task O is set up Name Number Taso Power interrupt task B Scheduled interrupttask 0 JO interrupt task p n o ET RO With Interrupt Tasks In this mode one single cyclic task O and one or several interrupt tasks are set up Name Numbe TaskNo Power interrupt task IEEE NR Scheduled interrupt task PR O interrupt task Cyclic task Interrupt tasks and cyclic tasks contain only one END 001 instruction after execution When the Prohibit from overwriting to a protected p
213. ing purposes even when tolerances are shown PERFORMANCE DATA Performance data given in this manual is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty It may represent the result of OMRON s test conditions and the users must correlate it to actual application requirements Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability ERRORS AND OMISSIONS The information in this manual has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate however no responsibility is assumed for clerical typographical or proofreading errors or omissions xiv PRECAUTIONS This section provides general precautions for using the CS CJ series Programmable Controllers PLCs and related devices The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable application of Programmable Controllers You must read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a PLC system 1 Intended AUICICN CS 22s iret aa obras led a a a ai a xvi 2 General PrecautrOns nearen eee ee Eua ee eS NS VET E dits xvi 3 Sally Prec QUEIODS Ex 4 dct 4 ucb decur tis P ous aia ke Ro ibd dica ted d ddl xvi 4 Operating Environment Precautions 20 0 00 cece eee ees xviii 5 Application Precautions 4 ues teea shoe dake ee how eee vae t XIX XV Intended Audience 1 1 Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following p
214. instruction for reading the con stant SV Timer Counter Number Command Designate in four digits BCD the timer counter number for reading the con stant SV Limitations Timers T2048 to T4095 and counters C2048 to C4095 cannot be read The second word of the instruction must be a constant This command cannot be executed while UM read protection is in effect If there are multiple relevant instructions in the UM Area a search will be con ducted from program address 0 and the first instruction found will be read SV can be read only from cyclic task 0 Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode maa Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK No OK No OK OK OK OK No 121 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the timer counter type or timer counter number is out of range including hexadecimal data An end code of 16 command not supported will be returned if the specified instruction does not exist in the UM Area 00 Nemacowhon OOO 4 3 18 TIMER COUNTER SV READ 2 R From the specified program address onwards in cyclic task 0 TIMER COUNTER SV READ 2 finds the specified timer counter instruction and reads the 4 digit constant SV that is set or the word address where t
215. ion 3 7 Command Details oporana Offset Value Meaing SSS S7 DO L090 0402 hex Change operating mode stop operation FINS command code 0402 hex FFFF hex Change operating mode stop operation Always FFFF hex D D02000 EE NM First response storage word C D00000 000C hex Command data bytes 0004 hex 4 bytes decimal nmm 000A hex Response data bytes 0004 hex 4 bytes decimal E 0005 hex Send destination network address 05 hex Serial port number 0 hex not used 0200 hex Send destination node address 02 hex set the unit number for Host Link 1 Send destination unit address 00 hex 0000 hex Response required Communications port number 0 Resends 0 hex 0000 hex Response monitoring time 2 s Response COpeand Ofset Value Meang D D02000 0402 hex Change operating mode stop operation FINS command code 0402 hex FFFF hex FINS end code FFFF hex normal end Note 1 The method used to set the remote destination network address node ad dress and unit address for sending data to or receiving data from the PLC connected serially via Host Link to another PLC on the network to which the Serial Communications Board Unit is mounted using the SEND 090 RECV 098 instructions is the same as for the CMND 490 instruction 2 When creating Host Link FINS command frames using the CMND 490 in struction always set the unit number for Host Link incremented by one 1
216. ion Code words will contain the FINS end Completion Codes code after SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 has been executed If the Communications Port Enabled Flag turns OFF when operation is started or SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 are executed the contents of these words will be cleared Word GoMet Flag Transitions Communications Port Enabled Flag Commandi i Command 2 Command 3 being i being being t I Network communications instructions executed executed executed SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 Communications Port Error Flag Communications end code 0000 Normal end End of previous 0000 Normal end processing 0202 No unit corresponding to unit address 3 5 9 Timing of Commands to Host Computers Commands sent to a host computer are transmitted with the timing shown below Data Received from Host Computer Response Required Host computer 2 Serial Communications Response Board Unit 1 Command Communications Port 1 Enabled Flag am s Ao i db m m ee m ew m mm o o Re 0 Command acknowledged t 9 Command completed No Response Required Host computer 2 serial Communications 1 Board Unit Communications Port 1 Enabled Fla Command acknowledged t f Command completed 59 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Command transmission to the host computer can commence even whe
217. ion W205 E1 CV Series Host Link Unit CV500 LK201 Manual 25 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 26 This section provides an overview of FINS commands 3 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 EINS CO mlttiabd s duas hv o pIA Ne peESwWePES e REiwee dest dem edques Usine FINS Commands assa aot drea RECESSO Rees opo 3 2 1 Issuing and using any command CMND 490 instruction 3 2 2 Using with respect to a host computer connected by Host Link FINS Command and Response Frames 000 eee eee 3 3 1 FINS Command Frame Configuration 0004 3 3 2 FINS Response Frame Configuration 000000 3 3 3 Individual Items in Command Response Frames Settings for Sending FINS Commands llllllllllleeeslsn 3 4 1 FINS Command and Response Formats 0 3 4 2 Addresses in FINS Commands 0 0 00 ce eee eee 3 4 3 Other FINS Command Settings 0 00000 eee 3 4 4 CMND 490 Setting Example 0 0 0 000s FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol 0 0000 3 5 1 Connection Configurations 04r 5454S ewe 4E S 3 5 2 Overview of Command and Response Frames 3 5 3 Sending Commands from the Computer to the CPU Unit 3 5 4 Sending FINS Commands to the Host Computer from the CPU Unit 3 5 5 Sending Commands from the CPU Unit 3 5 6 Comma
218. iple frames In the second and later frames the text portion of the response can contain up to 31 words This command cannot be used to change the current bank number The INITIALIZE and ABORT commands can be sent instead of the delimiter for multiple responses for this command If other commands are sent they will be treated as delimiters Execution Conditions PLC Mode UM Area Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK No OK x CK x OV KK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect and an end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified words exceed the data area boundaries the specified words are not specified in BCD or an invalid bank number is specified An end code of 15 will also be returned if there are no banks and file memory access is not possible or if the number of words to read is O 00 Nomacomelon OOO Entry number data error Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 113 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 10 CIO AREA WRITE WR Writes data to the CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 starting from the speci fied word Writing is done in word units Command Format Do o Q x10 x10 W R x10 x10 x 10 x 109 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 169 x A eee
219. ironment precautions xviii error log 5 150 153 ERROR READ MF 135 error response format for C mode commands 10 errors clearing 206 209 reading 200 207 execution conditions for C mode commands 105 for FINS commands 171 F FAL FALS messages 200 fatal error data 194 FCS calculations 13 237 file memory 5 151 154 files changing file names 219 comparing 220 222 224 copying 218 deleting 217 file name configuration 168 reading 211 214 transferring 220 222 224 writing 215 FINS commands 2 4 5 150 152 170 226 addresses 36 command format 35 170 command frame 32 command settings 41 detailed descriptions 149 execution conditions 171 explanation 28 list of 4 150 overview 27 65 response format 35 170 response frame 32 restrictions 153 154 settings for sending 34 timing 59 to CS CJ Series CPU Units 29 types of 29 with Host Link protocol 43 flags for network communications 58 force conditions for C mode commands 102 FORCED RESET KR 138 FORCED SET KS 137 forced set reset 3 101 FORCED SET RESET CANCEL KC 140 H Host Link communications 31 171 command frame 32 response frame 32 Host Link FCS 44 Host Link header 44 Host Link terminator 44 Host Link Units for CS CJ series PLCs 8 HR AREA READ RH 108 HR AREA WRITE WH 116 238 Index I L I O memory accessing 4 150 153 addresses 163 164 reading 2 4
220. is received It is expressed in four binary bytes in increments of 0 1 ms Minimum cycle time The minimum cycle time is found in the same way as the maximum cycle time described above End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments The maximum and minimum cycle times are initialized when operation is started 5 3 19 CLOCK READ 07 01 Execution Conditions Command Format 196 Reads clock information Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 07 01 Command code FINS Commands Response Format Parameters Section 5 3 07 01 Command End code code Year Month Day Hour Minute Second Day of week Year month day hour minute second day of week response The year month day of month hour minute and second are expressed in BCD Year The rightmost two digits of the year 1998 1999 and 2000 are expressed as 98 99 and 00 respectively 2096 and 2097 will be expressed as 96 and 97 Hour 00 to 23 BCD Day of week As follows aue 0 0 02 0 04 05 06 Mon Tues Wed Thur Fi Sa End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes 5 3 20 CLOCK WRITE 07 02 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters Writes clock information
221. it Addresses Unitnumber 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 AJ B C Dj EF Boara Hexadecimal 1 es ss sb o es se o As ao aD es Teo 8o Es These settings enable the serial communications path to be treated as a sin gle FINS network Further the network address allocated to the serial port can be specified in the destination network address part of the FINS mes sage This enables messages to passed on to serial ports in a system com prised of multiple networks connected to a single PLC including the serial communications path FINS message 4 Serial Communications Unit Board CPU Unit network table Routing enabled Serial communications path pecify on which pat o send the message 85 Communications Frames Section 3 7 Reasons for Routing Tables CompoWay F Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII Protocol Conversion Routing tables are not required to enable serial communications paths to be treated as networks The serial port can be specified in the node without using routing tables by specifying the node to which the Board Unit is con nected and specifying the unit address as that of the serial port Host Link FINS Protocol Conversion and Use of Network Routing tables are required to enable the serial communications path to be treated as a network This is because with Host Link FINS the FINS remote node address is used to specify the targe
222. it number 3 that is mounted to the PLC on the Controller Link Network address 2 Node address 5 The fre quency reference value 10 0 Hz set as 100 decimal in units of 0 1 Hz is writ ten The Modbus RTU command is configured from the following elements Modbus RTU slave address 02 FUNCTION code 10 hex DATA WHITE Write start register No 0002 hex frequency reference Write data 0064 hex 100 decimal 91 Communications Frames Section 3 7 FINS message 2804 Modbus RTU command FINS message 2804 Modbus RTU command Serial Communications Unit Unit No 3 port 1 Network Controller Link Network address 2 Conversion Link Unit Node address 5 Example Write data for frequency reference value FUNCTION code 10 hex register No 0002 hex Port 1 unit address 80 hex 4 hex x unit number 3 8C hex List of Settings e FINS Network Settings Value Setting location Example Send destination network address Controller Link network address of PLC to which Serial Communications Unit is mounted Set 02 hex in the control data C 2 bits 00 to 07 network address of CMND 490 Note Set 0 hex in the control data C 2 bits 08 to 11 serial port number of CMND 490 Send destination node Set 05 hex in the control data address C 3 bits 08 to 15 send destina node address in Controller tion node address of Link for PLC to which Serial Communications Unit is mounted U
223. its Command Format x10 x109 W D x 10 x 10 x 10 x 109 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x L px Header Beginning word Write data 1 word FCS Terminator ce Mes 0000 to 9999 ee ae for number of words to write Response Format x10 x100 W D ipd a d Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Limitations The DM Area is comprised of D00000 to D32767 but the range that can be read by this command is D00000 to D09999 Execution Conditions Commands Responses Pemo maa Sing MWulipie Single mutpie RUN MON PROG Writerprotected Readprotectod End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect or the first word of write data is not in the first frame An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified write data exceeds the data area boundary the beginning word is not speci fied in BCD or the write data is not hexadecimal An end code of A5 will be returned instead of 15 for non hexadecimal write data in multiple command frames o omaoma 118 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 15 AR AREA WRITE WJ Writes data to the Auxiliary Area A448 to A959 starting from the specified word Writing is done in word units Command Format
224. l port 2 Source network address 01 Source node address 04 Source unit address 01 Inner Board Response required Communications port No 4 Number of retries 5 D00109 00 30_ Response monitor time 4 8 s 0030 9 Execute RECV 098 10 When the execution of network communications instructions has been completed A202 04 ON ClO 0128 03 will turn ON and the instruction for receiving via the network is completed 11 Turns ON when an error is generated during execution of network commu nications 12 Reception data processing When there is no reception error 10 words of data starting from D02000 are stored from D05030 onwards 63 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Programming Example for Host Computer Side BASIC Send 64 ix xkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk i CS1W SCU21 Serial Communications Unit Command to Host Computer SEND 090 j x x Sample Send Program lckckckckckckckckckckck ckck ck ckckckckckckckckckckckckckckckckckckck ck ck ck ck Initial Settings CLOSE 1 ON ERROR GOTO EROPE DIM CHDATAS 300 OPEN iCOM E73i AS 1 Data array declaration Opens port INPUT 1 COMMANDS i Receives data from PLC line TS LEFTS COMMANDS LEN COMMANDS 3 i Checks FCS GOSUB FCS IF FCSS lt gt MID COMMANDS LEN COMMANDS 2 2 THEN ENDCODES i10041 GOTO RESPONSE CMNDCODES MID COM
225. l vary depending on the Unit at the des tination even when the commands have the same command code This is why the Unit at the destination must be identified by the unit address Unit addresses are as follows e CPU Unit 00 Hex e CPU Bus Unit Unit number 10 hex e Special I O Unit Unit number 20 hex e Inner Board E1 Hex CS Series only e Computer 01 Hex e Communications Unit with the specified node address connected to net work with the specified network address Controller Link or Ethernet FE Hex 37 Settings for Sending FINS Commands Section 3 4 Unitaddress 00Hex UnitNo i0Hex EiHex nna Contents Node Node Node Em address address address Node address Note It is also possible to set the serial port No 1 to 4 for the destination device N l Serial Communications Serial Communications Unit Board Serial port 1 Serial port 1 Serial port 2 H Serial port 2 Unit Addresses for The unit addresses for host computers connected to a CS CJ CP NSJ serial Computers Connected to port e g on a CPU Unit Option Board Serial Communications Unit or Serial Ports Serial Communications Board are shown in the following table Unit Board Peripheral port RS 232C port CS CJ series CPU Unit FD Hex 253 decimal FC Hex 252 decimal NSJ Controller FC Hex Serial port C on AERE Section Built in serial ports of See note N type CP1E CPU Units Unit Board Serial port 1 Serial port 2 CS C
226. length of 131 bytes was exceeded If the frame exceeds 280 bytes the Reception Overflow Flag will be turned ON and there will not be a response The read SV exceeded 9 999 or an I O memory batch read was exe cuted when items to read were not registered for composite command or access right was not obtained Unrecognized Remote I O Unit too many I O words or word duplication used The command cannot be executed because a CPU error has occurred in the CPU Unit The UM is read protected or write protected An FCS error occurred in the second or later frame or there were two bytes or less of data in an intermedi ate or final frame for multiple writing The command format did not match the number of bytes in the second or later frame There was an entry number data error in the second or later frame a data length error or data was not set in hexadecimal The length of the second and later frames exceeded the maximum of 128 bytes Section 4 2 Contents Probable cause Corrective measures code Check the command and divide it into multiple frames if necessary Register items to read before attempting batch read or obtain access right Check the Remote I O System the number of I O words and the words used Cycle the CPU Unit s power supply Clear write protection by setting pin 1 of the DIP switch on the front of the CPU Unit to OFF Alternatively clear the CPU Unit s password protection
227. link communications or remote I O communications Confirm safety before transferring data files stored in the file memory Mem ory Card or EM file memory to the I O area CIO of the CPU Unit using a peripheral tool Otherwise the devices connected to the output unit may mal function regardless of the operation mode of the CPU Unit Execute online edit only after confirming that no adverse effects will be caused by extending the cycle time Otherwise the input signals may not be readable The CS1 H CJ1 H CJ1M CS1D or CJ2 CPU Unit automatically backs up the user program and parameter data to flash memory when these are written to the CPU Unit I O memory including the DM EM and HR Areas however is not written to flash memory The DM EM and HR Areas can be held during power interruptions with a battery If there is a battery error the contents of these areas may not be accurate after a power interruption If the contents of the DM EM and HR Areas are used to control external outputs prevent inap propriate outputs from being made whenever the Battery Error Flag A402 04 is ON xvii Operating Environment Precautions 4 4 xviii N Caution N Caution N Caution N Caution Confirm safety at the destination node before transferring a program PLC Setup I O tables I O memory contents or parameters to another node or changing contents of the any of these items Transferring or changing data can result in unexp
228. links are active Check the status of the data links 03 Wrong PLC The PLC is in PROGRAM Check the modes of the PLC and mode mode computer 04 Wrong PLC The PLC is in DEBUG mode Check the modes of the PLC and mode computer 05 Wrong PLC The PLC is in MONITOR Check the modes of the PLC and mode mode computer 06 Wrong PLC The PLC is in RUN mode Check the modes of the PLC and mode computer polling node 08 Step cannot be exe cuted 23 No such 01 File device Unit The specified memory does Mount memory or format EM as file device missing configuration not exist as a file device memory 02 Memory There is no file memory Check the file memory to see if it is missing mounted The mode is incorrect Check step status 07 Specified The specified node is not the Check node functioning as the node not polling node polling node for the network There is no clock Check the model 03 Clock missing 24 Cannot 01 Table Data link tables The data link tables have not Set the data link tables start stop missing been registered or they contain an error 159 Command Lists Section 5 1 Checkpoint Probable cause 25 Unit error 02 Memory Contents of The contents of memory Transfer the correct contents to error memory being contains an error memory processed 03 I O setting I O Unit The registered I O tables do Correct the I O tables or the I O error configuration not agree with the actual I O
229. lowing ranges hex 00 Internal communications in PLC 01to 20 Node address in Controller Link Network 1 to 32 decimal 01to FE Ethernet 1 to 254 decimal for Ethernet Units with model numbers ending in ETN21 SA2 Source unit address Specify within the following ranges hex 00 CPU Unit 10to 1F CPU Bus Unit SID Service ID Used to identify the process generating the transmission Set the SID to any number between 00 and FF Note 1 Theunit address for a CPU Bus Unit is 10 hexadecimal plus the unit num ber set on the front panel of the CPU Bus Unit 2 With a CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 2 0 CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller the GCT Gateway Count Number of Bridges Passed Through in FINS command response frames is decremented from to 07 hex variable The GCT was previously decremented from 02 hex For CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 3 0 or later the GCT Gateway Count Number of Bridges Passed Through in FINS command response frames is decremented from to 02 hex by default If the user specified CX Net for this CPU Unit version the GCT will be decremented from 07 hex With a CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 3 0 or later NSJ Controller or CP series CPU Unit the GCT will be decremented from 02 hex by default and from 07 hex if the user selects CX Net 3 The GCT Gateway Count Number of Bridges Passed Through in the FINS header in FINS command response frames should not be checked
230. ls Section 2 4 Header CS CJ C Series cede Series c ooHE C200HS C120 C500 C1000H C500F C1000HF CaM1 HG HX C2000H NA W TIMER RE LLL Yes COUNTER SV CHANGE 2 W TIMER Yes Yes Yes COUNTER SV CHANGE 3 MS STATUS READ Yes Yes NEN EVE Yes LN ys pes ys e Yes CHANGE CVM1 and CV Series c 2 L J o U pen G O m 0 c e e c 5 E E e o C500 3G2A5 Host Link Unit c 2 x c o o lt oO lt x N o e e N bo O n Board 2 x p o oO lt e e LO gt o Host Link Unit c o o LJ o c 2 2 n o Unit or Unit dur indi Unit None s CPU Uni d n S CP i lt U Unit d e Oo Oo n SEES n d n o FORCED Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes rere ere re et ee Yes MULTIPLE Yes No Yes No No FORCED SET RESET MULTIPLE No No No FORCED SET RESET STA TUS READ FORCED SET Yes Yes Yes Yes RESET CAN CEL PLC MODEL Yes Yes lll READ TEST Yes Yes Yes cd ue ax tee cuis PROGRAM Yes Des ws Yes Yes READ WP PROGRAM Yes Yes Yes Yes WRITE um TABLE pens um vfus REGISTER all ici ball ll ill al ulis QQIR READ I O MEMORY uu com Yes Yes Yes Yes Re Eon ud INITIALIZE Yes indi Yes Yes command M Undefined Yes Yes Yes Yes o response only TXD No Yes No No No No No No No ae response RES um V ud MES ned Yes Yes um V ud FINS MES lad ai INN LE ulis Yes Yes
231. ly is 0040 Handling Network Relay Errors If bit 15 is ON an error has occurred during a network relay operation The end code has an additional two byte one word network relay error code which can be used to determine the location of the relay error The following diagram shows the response data when a network relay error occurs when CMND 490 is used Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 D First Re sponse Word Command code Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 p 1 1 Maincode Subcode 1 Fatal CPU Unit error 1 Non fatal CPU Unit error 1 Network relay error Bit D 2 Error network address Error node address Error network address 00 to 7F 0 to 127 Error Node Address Ethernet 01 to 7E SYSMAC NET 01 to 7E Controller Link 01 to 20 SYSMAC LINK 01 to 3E to 128 to 126 to 32 to 62 La Use this information to determine the node where the error occurred and take appropriate measures Note When Using SEND 090 and RECV 098 Check the path the command took using the routing tables Check the end code and take appropriate measures for the relay node where the error occurred 162 Designating Command Parameters Section 5 2 5 2 Designating Command Parameters 5 2 1 Designating I O Memory Variable Area Addresses When reading from and writing to the I O memory variable area designate I O memory area addresses as described below I O memory
232. mand format Bit 15 OFF 0 Without last address data Bit 15 ON 1 With last address data B Bits O to 14 Number of bytes read Bits O to 7 second byte Bits 8 to 15 first byte Data response The data in the specified program area will be returned in sequence starting from the beginning word End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments A maximum of 992 bytes can be read with each command Partition the data into units of 992 bytes or less and use as many commands as necessary to read from 00000000 hex to the final address When the Prohibit from saving into a memory card and transferring program from PLC setting is enabled this command cannot be executed 5 3 11 PROGRAM AREA WRITE 03 07 Writes data to the specified number of consecutive program area words start ing from the specified word Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection No OK No No RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode No No OK 185 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Command Format 03 Of FF FF Command Program Beginning word No of Data code No bytes Response Format 03 07 FF FF X S o 0 XX 0 ZN 0 0 0 00 7 0 JN er Command End code Program Beginning word No of code No byte
233. mands are sent they will be treated as delimiters Designate 0000 to 2047 for timers and 2048 to 4095 for counters add 2048 to the actual counter number Timers T2048 to T4095 and counters C2048 to C4095 cannot be read Commands are divided with regard to timers and counters If an attempt is made to designate across timers and counters an end code of 15 entry num ber data error will be returned 110 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Execution Conditions PLC Mode UM Area Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK No OK x CK ox OV OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect and an end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified words exceed the data area boundaries or are not specified in BCD or if the number of words to read is O 0 omami SSS Entry number data error Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 4 3 7 DM AREA READ RD Heads the contents of the specified number of DM words starting from the specified word D00000 to D09999 Command Format x10 x109 R D x10 x10 x10 x 109 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x a Unit No Header Beginning word No of words FCS Terminator BCD code 0000 to 9999 0001 to 9999 Response
234. manual Message yes no response If MSG 046 has been executed the bit corresponding to the message num ber will be ON 1 as shown below To read the messages generated by 194 FINS Commands Section 5 3 MSG 195 execute MESSAGE READ command code 0920 Refer to 5 3 21 MESSAGE READ 09 20 First byte Second byte A a S RECEN or EN AN ANC E UE ACE Sessel Always 0 Message No 0 0 no 1 yes AE GENE MN LL Message No 1 0 no 1 yes MEME Message No 2 0 no 1 yes eh E R Message No 3 0 no 1 yes ieee bee ee ee Message No 4 0 no 1 yes Sesser seat Fee eee Message No 5 0 no 1 yes E oe p Seoses sas Message No 6 0 no 1 yes Ema e a nE ease eae aeSaae Message No 7 0 no 1 yes Error code response Among errors that occur when the command is executed the error code indi cates the most serious If there are no errors it will be 0000 hex Error message response Indicates messages from execution of FAL 006 or FALS 007 If there is no error message or if FAL 006 or FALS 007 are not being executed 16 spaces ASCII 20 will be returned End code response Refer to 5 1 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments To read the error log read the appropriate Auxiliary Area words or execute ERROR LOG READ command command code 2102 Refer to 5 3 28 ERROR LOG READ 21 02 5 3 18 CYCLE TIME READ 06 20 Initializes the PLC s cycle time his
235. memory to file transfers only 2200 If this command is executed when another device holds the access right any processing being executed by that other device will be aborted If possible wait until all processing has been completed and then execute ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE command code 0C01 Refer to 5 3 24 ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE OC 01 When the access right is forcibly acquired by this command the device losing the access right is not notified 5 3 26 ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE 0C 03 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters Comments Releases the access right regardless of what device holds it Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device write cunt EM RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OC 03 FF FF Command Program code No OC 03 Command End code code Program number command Always FFFF hex End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes The access right can be released by this command even when the access right is held by another device In that case a normal end code will be returned A normal end code will also be returned if this command is used when the access right is already released 205 FINS Commands Section 5 3 5 3 27 ERROR CLEAR 21 01 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters 206 Clears errors or error Me
236. mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 05 02 Command L Number of ode items Unit address 05 02 20 bytes 20 tes Command End code Model number Model number code Unit address Unit address Number of items Data Unit address Command and response opecify the unit address of the first Unit whose connection data is to be read If the specified Unit does not exist the connection data is read from the next Unit Specify the following for the unit address CPU Unit 00 hex CPU Bus Unit 10 unit number 10 to 1F hex Special I O Unit 20 unit number 20 to 7F hex Inner Board E1 hex Number of items command Specify the number of items to be read The number of items will be returned in order for the number specified beginning with the unit address set in the unit address parameter Any number between 01 and 19 hexadecimal can be specified If the number of items is not specified 19 hex 25 will be used Section 5 3 FINS Commands Number of Units response The number of Units for which the connection data is being returned If bit 7 is ON 1 it means that the data for the last Unit is being returned The maxi mum setting is 19 hex 25 If the number of items is not specified 19 hex 25 will be used Unit address and model number response These response parameters show the unit address and model number The model number is provided in up to
237. mory area code of EM banks 0 to F FINS Commands Section 5 3 5 3 6 MEMORY AREA TRANSFER 01 05 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters Comments Copies and transfers the contents of the specified number of consecutive I O memory area words to the specified I O memory area Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device n Proreenon B RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OK OK 01 05 Command Beginning address Beginning address No of items code I O memory area code I O memory area code Source Destination 01 05 Command End code code I O memory area code and Beginning address command opecify the data area to transfer from and the data area to transfer to and specify the positions for beginning the data transfer The memory areas that can be transferred are given in the following table O Memory Area Codes Refer to 5 2 2 I O Memory Address Designations for the specific addresses that can be used Number of items command Specify the number of words of data to transfer Each word consists of two bytes The specified number of words will be transferred in sequence from the source beginning address onwards to the destination beginning address onwards End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes If the number of items is designated as 0000 h
238. munications the header FCS and terminator are attached before and after the frame 3 3 2 FINS Response Frame Configuration delel Lidd a o ka Es F4 Bus Bs uf EA a a EA Command End np FINS header deleted automatically for CMND 490 Set in word specified for CMND 490 operand D onwards With Host Link communications the header FCS and terminator are added before and after the frame 32 FINS Command and Response Frames Section 3 3 3 3 3 Individual Items in Command Response Frames Note Note ICF The ICF Information Control Field is configured as shown in the following diagram Bt 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 lojojo o o 4 H i Always 0 See note Response 0 Required 1 Not required Data classification 0 Command 1 Response a a aaa te al Bridges 0 Not used 1 Used Always 1 Set bits 01 to 05 to O when sending a FINS command Do not access these bits when receiving a FINS response RSV RSV Reserved is always 00 hex These bits are used by the system Do not access them in the response GCT When communicating across up to 8 network layers with CPU Unit with unit version 2 0 or later set the GCT Gateway Count Number of Bridges Passed Through to 07 hex when sending a FINS command Otherwise set the GCT to 02 hex see note when sending When receiving a FINS response GCT is decremented one for each bridge network that is passed through and the resulting value is received This value
239. n as follows 0000 hex Create 0001 hex Delete Directory name command Specify the name of the directory to be created or deleted For details on the configuration refer to page 168 If the directory name is less than 12 bytes fill unused bytes with 20 hex Directory length command Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length Absolute directory path command Indicates the absolute path from the root directory It begins with 5C hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments The CPU Unit s clock data will be recorded as the date of any directory that is created 226 FINS Commands Section 5 3 5 3 43 MEMORY CASSETTE TRANSFER CP series CPU Units Only 22 20 Transfers or verifies data between a Memory Cassette mounted in a CP series CPU Unit see note and the memory areas in the CP series CPU Unit Transfers can go either direction Note This command is supported only by CP series CPU Units Except CP1E CPU Units Applicable data Storage location in CPU Unit RAM user program area Parameter area PLC
240. n board but cannot be issued via the Ethernet option board 3 2 Using FINS Commands 30 FINS commands addressed to CPU units are issued to CS CJ CP series CPU units and NSJ Controllers by executing the instruction for the FINS com mand SEND RECV CMND instruction from a program of another PLC CPU unit on the network Executing a FINS command addressed to a CPU unit can be used for the following e Issuing and using any command CMND instruction Using with respect to a host computer connected by Host Link Using FINS Commands 3 2 1 Section 3 2 Issuing and using any command CMND 490 instruction The procedure for execution by CMND instruction is described below 1 2 3 1 Store the command format of the FINS command i e the command data in an I O memory area such as the DM area 2 n the same way store the control data number of bytes of transmission data destination address etc in an I O memory area such as the DM ar ea 3 Designate S first command word D first response word and C first control word for the CMND 490 operands and execute the instruction 4 When the FINS response is returned from the destination node a CS CJ CP series CPU Unit or an NSJ Controller the data will be stored accord ing to the response format beginning at the first response word 1 byte 1 byte f i CMND 490 execution Word 15 87 0 Command Response Communications Unit Controller Link Unit
241. n the port is receiving a command from the host computer 1 The transmission of a response to the command from the host computer is postponed until the transmission of the command to the host computer is completed 2 When a response is not required from the host computer the Communica tions Port Enabled Flag will turn ON when the command to the host computer has passed from the CPU Unit to the port Host Computer Receiving Data 60 Response Required Host computer Command 2 _ Response Serial Communications Board Unit i 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag t Command acknowledged Command completed No Response Required Host computer 1 2 Serial Communications Board Unit 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag Command acknowledged t 4 ommand completed At 1 in the diagram the response to a command sent from the host com puter is being transmitted from the port In this case the command transmis sion to the host computer is postponed until the response transmission is completed 2 When a response is not required from the host computer the Communica tions Port Enabled Flag will turn ON when the command to the host computer has passed from the CPU Unit to the port FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Response Wait Time Response Required Serial Communications Board Unit 1 Response wait time 2 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag 0 Command acknowledg
242. n transferred This command cannot be executed if any other device holds the access right or when memory is write protected via pin 1 of the DIP switch on the front panel of the CPU Unit PROGRAM AREA FILE TRANSFER command code 220C cannot be exe cuted when the CPU Unit is in the RUN or MONITOR mode Files cannot be overwritten when transferring data from the program area to file memory When the prohibit save to protected memory card and program transfer PLC to computer setting is enabled PROGRAM AREA FILE TRANSFER can not be executed When the prohibit overwriting of protected program setting is enabled FILE PROGRAM AREA TRANSFER cannot be executed 225 FINS Commands Section 5 3 5 3 42 CREATE DELETE DIRECTORY 22 15 Creates or deletes a directory Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No CK KN Execution Conditions RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format 22 15 12 bytes Command Disk No Parameter Directory Directory Absolute directory code name length path Response Format 22 15 Command End code code Parameters Disk number command The classification of the file memory where the directory is to be created or deleted is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory Parameter command Specify either creation or deletio
243. nce A 2 character FCS will be returned Refer to FCS Calculations under 2 2 Command Response Formats for the FCS calculation method Terminator The terminator is a required delimiter at the end of a command The termina tor xCR ASCII 2A OD will be returned Example FINS Command Settings for Sending to CPU Unit on a Network 48 With Host Link communications FINS command transmissions and recep tions are handled in ASCII so hexadecimal values in FINS command frames must be sent as ASCII For example the hexadecimal value 0 would be 30 Hex in ASCII and the hexadecimal value A would be 41 Hex in ASCII The destination network address node address and unit number address are explained using the following network as an example FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Ethernet network network address 10 most compuler Controller Link one Unit us ae Unit Node 1 Node 3 ERN Node 1 Host Link PamananeswempcapaxadedsaxeesERRG Ca upCNC Controller Link network address 5 Sending a Command from a Host Computer to PLC A The following addresses are specified to the CPU Unit at network address 5 node address 3 Destination network address DNA 05 30 35 Destination node address DA1 03 30 33 Destination unit address DA2 00 30 30 Command addressed to CPU Unit Sending a Command from a Host Computer to PLC B The following addresses are specified to the CPU Unit at network add
244. nd Format Received by the Host Computer 3 5 7 Response Format Returned by the Host Computer 3 5 8 Flags for Network Communications 0000 ees 3 5 9 Timing of Commands to Host Computers 3 5 10 Programmuny Bxanple eed teas ede oad Rx EREREES A DREW Serral Gateway Overview 5 se S eu DPA RUP RUE ie doe bra es IOL OVV ceo ce Sew vue Gades yu iir e db e atu 3 6 2 Types of Protocol Conversion 0 0 0 0 cece ee eee 3 6 3 Converting FINS to CompoWay F 0 0 3 6 4 Converting FINS to Modbus RTU 0 0 0 0 0005 3 6 5 Converting from FINS to Modbus ASCII 3 6 6 Converting from FINS to Host Link FINS 3 6 7 Treating Serial Communications Paths as Networks 32628 Usinea PLC as the Tarset io ciehoiws Roses RERRORETRVRPRES 3 6 9 Using a non PLC Component as the Target 336510 EXDISDAUON vecors uem eade scat eb eee Se irn A SS CormimunicatonsEramesS uu etwas er Medd thor 8d ad a ror 2 edes oJ COBHDOWSYVIE sacs osea tbt fom wes 103 des ae dabo dte te S2 Modbus RLU oed der S Rt e retain ee beet es d 9 5 1 5 Modb se NSC Iud s de be esshce e ener mE Seb oem am CR Aseo iie ed S724 HOSPEIEKFPINSC iE ESMVeE EN NUCC ES a twa eee 6 ERA 3 7 5 Sending Commands Using the CMND 490 Instruction SECTION 3 Overview of FINS Commands 28 30 31 31 32 32 32 33 34 35 36 41
245. nd codes FINS Commands Section 5 3 Comments An end code of 1103 hex address range overflow will be returned if the beginning record number is higher than the number of records contained in the PLC When the PLC does not have the specified number of records all the records that have been stored in the PLC will be read and a normal response will be returned If the data is too large and exceeds the permissible length of the response for mat the part in excess will not be read and a normal response will be returned The following rules apply to records stored in the access log e If there is already a record for the same node the old record will be over written with a new one e If there is not already a record for the same node a new record will be created at the end of the log e f the log is full i e 20 records have already been stored the oldest record will be discarded and a new record will be created 5 3 31 FINS WRITE ACCESS LOG CLEAR 21 41 Clears the access log data Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection No OK X OK No j RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format 21 41 EM Command format Response Format 21 41 Command End code format End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments This command clea
246. nd timers counters that are to be read The registered contents are retained until they are overwritten or until the power is cut off so they can be read by QQIR Refer to 4 3 36 READ I O MEMORY QQIR Command Format Q p Q Q M H x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 4 IX Unit No BCD Header code Area classification Word address Bit word Data break Bit word 00 to 15 Bit designation BCD Word Word data designation ON OFF data only when other than word is designated by T C OP1 RS ORO DB x 10 x 10 x 108 x 10 OPI OPA Al J Data break Area classification Word address Bit word FCS Terminator Classification Area classification Word address ii w a E aa e O l GR EMbanksOtoc JE M 0 0 0000 to 9999 _ Note SP represents a space 20 Hex BVI A I gt n U JJ T E mw M 88 77 v o T Response Format Q x10 x10 Q Q M R x16 x169 x E Unit No BCD Header code End code FCS Terminator Limitations LR 0000 to LR 0199 correspond to data link bits CIO 1000 to CIO 1199 145 C mode Command Details Execution Conditions Commands Responses PLCMode umaa Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected Section 4
247. ng diagram shows the response format when there are more than 131 characters Command frame Sa oO o 2 8 EIS cC o oOo c c D oO oic Host computer Terminator 131 characters max Note PLC Delimiter Delimiter IN f End code Header code Delimiter Delimiter Terminator D fe E 3 D Response frame 1 Response frame 2 Response frame 3 128 characters max 128 characters max Frames in partitioned commands or responses must have not more than 128 characters including the delimiter terminator Delimiters from the host computer are detected by the presence of a CH code The delimiter will be detected even if there is data in front of it Command Response Formats FCS Calculations T Section 2 2 The PLC calculates the FCS Frame Check Sequence value for each com mand frame it receives and it checks for errors by comparing that value with the FCS value sent with the command frame The host computer must calcu late the FCS value when sending a command frame Also when checking for errors in response frames the host computer must calculate the FCS value for each response frame it receives and compare that value to the FCS value sent in the response frame Ce oleae Unit number ASCII Code 40 1 31 30 R 52 1 31 Calculation result See note L Text Header code FCS calculation range 0100 0011 0011 0101 0011 0100 4 Hex 0000 EOR
248. ng it to a FINS command and trans fers the command to the Serial Communications Board Unit The Serial Communications Board Unit uses the Serial Gate way to convert the command into the specified protocol This oper ation enables serially connected devices to access the Serial Communications Board Unit from Smart Active Parts using an NS series PT Note Optional 1 The FINS header contains the following information e Remote destination network address DNA Same as for CompoWay F e Remote destination node address DA1 Same as for CompoWay F e Remote unit address DA2 Same as for CompoWay F 2 The contents of the Modbus RTU command enclosed in the FINS mes sage that is sent is as follows Slave address binary FUNCTION code binary Communications data binary Start and CRC End are not required when sending FINS They are add ed automatically for serial communications Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 3 6 5 Converting from FINS to Modbus ASCII Modbus ASCII Slave compatible devices connected serially to a PLC via Modbus ASCII can be accessed from the PLC using Modbus ASCII com mands enclosed in FINS messages e Sent FINS message FINS header FINS command code 2805 hex Modbus ASCII command e Message after conversion Modbus ASCII command FINS message CPU Unit Modbus ASCII command Modbus Serial Com ASCII Slave CMND 490 FINS header 2805 Modbus ASCII command eria audi Modbu
249. nications data varies In some cases there is no communi cations data Response The response is the same as the command except that it contains an end code 233 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Precautions e FINS Header Destination Address Contents The following settings are required e Destination Network Address DNA e When a routing table is created to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the network address associated with the Serial Communications Unit or Board s serial port by the routing table e When a routing table is not created to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the actual network address used to specify the destination PLC e Destination Node Address DA1 e When a routing table is created to treat the serial communications path as a network set 00 hex for communications within the local PLC or the Host Link unit number 1 for serial serial serial conversion e When a routing table is not created to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the actual node address used to specify the destination PLC the Host Link unit number 1 for serial gt serial serial conversion e Destination Unit Address DA2 This is the serial port s unit address Settings for a CP1H CPU Unit and CP1L CPU Unit Serial port 1 Slot 1 for optional board Serial port 2 Slot 2 for optional board CPU Unit port Unit address of port Serial po
250. nit setting error The rightmost two digits are the unit num ber in binary of the Unit that has the error 0500 to O55F Special I O Unit setting error The rightmost two digits are the unit number in binary of the Unit that has the error 0600 to 060F Duplex communications error The rightmost two digits are the unit number in binary of the Unit that has the error FAL FAL 006 4101 to 42FF System error FAL FAL 006 was executed The following codes can be used only when the CPU Unit is in PROGRAM mode Error code hex FFFF All errors cleared 809F Cycle time too long 80C0 to I O bus error This error occurs when there is an error in an I O bus 80C7 check or a Unit has been removed or added when power is turned on to the PLC 80E0 I O setting error This error occurs if the I O table differs from actual O points in the System 80E1 I O points overflow 80E9 Duplication error This error occurs if the same unit number is assigned to more than one Unit or the same word is allocated more than once 80EA Basic l O word duplication resulting from rack first word settings 80F1 Memory error This error occurs if an error is found in the user pro gram PLC Setup Registered I O Tables routing tables or CPU Bus Unit Setup memory 82FO Fatal Inner Board error C101 to FALS 007 executed C2FF End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments If the specified error
251. nk 10 to bank 18 60 to 68 20 EGRE a el Note On a CJ2 CPU unit only 50 to 5F can be specified for the memory area code of EM banks 0 to F Number of items command and response In the command format specify the number of items in word units to be transferred or compared In the response format this parameter indicates the number of items transferred or successfully compared Refer to Element Data Configurations on page 163 for the configuration of elements 221 FINS Commands Comments Section 5 3 Disk number command The classification of the file memory where the file to be transferred or com pared is registered is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory File name command Specify the file to be transferred or compared For details on the configuration refer to page 168 Directory length Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length Absolute directory path Indicates the absolute path from the root directory It begins with BC hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself MEMORY AREA FILE TRANSFER command code 220A can be executed regardless
252. nk Setting The following table shows the allowed Host Link format 1 N Host Link 1 1 Host Link settings for each Host Link model compatibility setting Host link model Host link format compatibility mode A mode CS CJ and C Only the 1 N Host Link format can be used and B dex Cd C mode C500 C120 Either the 1 N Host Link format or 1 1 Host Link format and D a C200H can be selected Settings for an Example Unit Replacement Use the following settings when the existing host computer was created for a system with C500 LK103 LK203 Host Link Units and or 3G2A5 LK101 LK201 Host Link Units a new Serial Communications Board or Unit Ver 1 2 or later is being used and the Host Link format is 1 1 Host Link e Host link 1 N format 1 1 format setting 1 1 1 Host Link format e Host link model compatibility mode setting 3 C mode C500 C120 2 4 2 C series Host Link Units with 1 1 Host Link Format Selected Using the CPU Unit s Built in Peripheral Port or RS 232C Port Only the 1 N Host Link format is supported by the CPU Unit s built in periph eral port and RS 232C port A host computer program cannot be used if it was developed for a 1 1 Host Link Using a Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communications Board or Unit Only the 1 N Host Link format is supported by Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communica tions Boards and Units A host computer program cannot be used if it was developed for a 1 1 Host Link Using a Serial Communications Board
253. nly Number of Words 246 121 words 125 words O words terminator only The second to last frame contains 125 data words and the last frame contains the terminator only This also applies when the number of words is 246 a multiple of 125 i e 371 words 496 words 621 words etc For responses containing the terminator only OO CR 00 FCS CR carriage return is returned Response Format for MS Command With the MS command STATUS READ the response data format when using CVM1 or CV series built in ports or Host Link Units is different from the response data format when using other Units When a CVM1 CV CPU Unit s built in Host Link port or CVM1 CV Series Host Link Unit is used and an FAL or FALS instruction has not been executed spaces ASCII code 20 hex will be included in the response data for the FAL FALS message With all other Host Link Units the FAL FALS message data is included in the response only when an FAL or FALS instruction has been exe cuted Using a Pre Ver 1 2 Serial Communications Board or Unit The response formats are the same as described above under the heading Using the CPU Unit s Built in Peripheral Port or RS 232C Port Using a Serial Communications Board or Unit with Version Number 1 2 or Later The Serial Communications Board or Unit s Host Link function can be made completely compatible with the existing PLC s Host Link function by setting the appropriate Host Link mode 1 N or 1
254. nly when sending to a CPU Unit on a network DNA DA1 DA2 Set the destination network node and unit addresses DNA Destination Network Address Set between 00 and 7F Hex 0 and 127 decimal Setting DNA is required only when sending to a CPU Unit on a network DA1 Destination Node Address Set within the following ranges Setting DA1 is required only when sending to a CPU Unit on a network Ethernet Units with model numbers ending in ETN21 01 to FE hex 1 to 254 Ethernet Units with other model numbers 01 to 7E hex 1 to 126 Controller Link Unit 01 to 20 hex 1 to 32 decimal SYSMAC NET 01 to 7E hex 1 to 126 decimal SYSMAC LINK 01 to 3E hex 1 to 62 decimal DA2 Destination Unit Address Refer to 3 4 2 Addresses in FINS Commands for details on unit addresses In Host Link mode it is assumed that the destination unit is the CPU Unit so set 00 ASCII 30 30 SNA Source Network Address SA1 Source Node Address Set the source network and node addresses Set both to 00 ASCII 30 30 regardless of whether or not there is a network relay FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Setting SNA and SN1 is required only when sending to a CPU Unit on a net work SA2 Source Unit Address Set the unit address of the Unit physically connected to the host computer The setting changes depending on the connected Unit When connected to the CPU Unit Serial Communications Board or a Serial Communica
255. number of bytes that can be read for each item depends on the I O mem ory area that is read For details regarding data configuration refer to Element Data Configurations on page 163 End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes The maximum number of elements that can be read with each command depends on the network as shown in the following table Network Maximum number of elements Controller Link Ethernet SYSMAC LINK DeviceNet 89 If nothing is specified after the command code a normal response will be returned but nothing will be read If there is an error in the I O memory area code or beginning address the I O memory area will not be read 177 FINS Commands Section 5 3 I O Memory Area Codes 178 Data type CS CJ mode CV mode Bytes per memory area memory area element code E code Ecc Bit Holding BitArea HR Bit with forced sta 40 0 1 idi Word Bo bo WorkArea WR CIO Area SAS Completion Flag Timerarea TM Completion Flag coer wea ew DW Wed jer a EM Area EM bank O to Bit with forced sta 20 to 2C bank F EM bank 10 to EO to E8 bank 18 EM bank Oto Word AO to AF or bank F ie to 5F see note EM bank 10 to 60 to 68 bank 18 EMowen Bt a o EM current EM current bank BC bank No No TK sus a c c O d O co N Pv BG e En W T Note On a CJ2 CPU unit only 50 to 5F can be specified for the me
256. number of words to write Response Forma Q x10 x100 W L x16 x 16 x J Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAea Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK OK OK No No OK x OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified write data exceeds the data area boundary the beginning word is not speci fied in BCD or the write data is not hexadecimal An end code of A5 will be returned instead of 15 for non hexadecimal write data in multiple command frames o Nomacowion O Note The command is provided for compatibility with previous models We recom mend using CIO AREA WRITE WR whenever possible 115 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 12 HR AREA WRITE WH Writes data to the HR Area HOOO to H511 starting from the specified word Writing is done in word units Command Format MEE x10 x 100 W H x 108 x 10 x 10 x 109 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x l Es P Unit No Header Beginning word Write data 1 word FCS Terminator BCD code 0000 to 051 1 Write data for number of words to w
257. o OFFFOO 080000 to BEEEOO EO to E8 E10 0000000 000000 to to 3276715 to E18 0000000 0 to 3276715 7FFFOF AO to AF EO 00000 to d 32767 to Word 50 to 5F EF 00000 to 32767 See s 2 90 to 97 EO 00000 to 32767 to 000000 to 7FFFOO 000000 to 7FFFOO 2 E7_00000 to 32767 000000 to 7FFFOO 60 to 68 E10 00000 to 32767 to E18 00000 to 32767 E0000000 to 000000 to E3276715 7FFFOF E00000 to 000000 to E32767 7FFFOO dn B Word Bank No Task Flag ae Status 166 TKOOOO to 000000 to TK0031 001F00 TKOOOO to 000000 to TK0031 001F00 E 000000 to 000000 to 2 E32767 7FFFOO TE i Designating Command Parameters ain Memory Memory area address Section 5 2 CSICJ mode Memory Memory Memory area address Memory address address Index PV DC IROO to IR15 1010000 to 4 Register 010F00 Data PV BC DROO to 020000 to 9C DRO to DR2 1000300 to 2 Register DR15 020F00 000500 Clock Pulses Condition Flags Note 1 min clock pulse 1 s clock pulse 0 2 s clock pulse 0 1 s clock pulse 0 02 s clock pulse Error Flag ER Carry Flag CY Greater Than Flag gt Equals Flag Less Than Flag lt Negative Flag N Overflow Flag OF Underflow Flag UF Greater Than or Equals Flag gt Not Equal Flag lt gt Less Than or Equals Flag lt Always OFF Flag ON Always ON Flag OFF Access Er
258. o any of these The specific commands that can be sent depend on the destination This manual explains commands sent to CS CJ CP series CPU Units and NSJ Controllers when the commands are issued from a CPU Unit or a host computer connected by Host Link When the source of the commands is a CPU Unit the FINS commands are sent by means of CMND 490 SEND 090 RECV 098 When the source is a host computer the FINS commands are issued using Host Link protocol 1 2 C mode Commands The following table lists the C mode Host Link commands For details refer to SECTION 4 C mode Commands Type Header code I O memory ClO AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the reading designated CIO word LR AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated LR word RH HR AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated HR word RC TIMER COUNTER PV READ _ Reads the specified number of words of the timer counter PV beginning with the designated word RG TIMER COUNTER STATUS Reads the specified number of words of the timer counter READ status beginning with the designated word DM AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated DM word RJ AR AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated AR word RE EM AREA READ Reads the specified number of words beginning with the designated EM word C mode Commands Section 1 2 Type
259. ocol Section 3 5 3 5 8 Flags for Network Communications This section describes the flags in the Auxiliary Area that are used when exe cuting SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 Communications Port A Communications Port Enabled Flag turns ON when SEND 090 Enabled Flags RECV 098 and CMND 490 can be executed The Flag will turn OFF during execution of these commands and turn ON again when the command execu tion is completed When creating the ladder diagram use these Flags as input conditions when executing these instructions Word Bt Content m Network Communications Automatic Allocation Enabled Flag 09 to 14 Reserved 2 oc 06 Communications Port Enabled Flag PotNo G 00 Communications Port Enabled Flag Pot No0 Communications Port A Communications Port Error Flag will turn ON in the following cases Error Flags e When an error is generated during execution of SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 e When an error response or retry error has been generated for the port These Flags will turn OFF when the corresponding Communications Port Enabled Flag is turned OFF at the start of operation or at the start of execut ing the SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 Wed 8k ComeM 06 Communications Port Eror Flag PortNo 6 00 Communications Port Error Flag Port No 0 58 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Communications Port The Communication Port Complet
260. of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified words exceed the data area boundaries or are not specified in BCD or if the number of words to read is O jNemacowilon Entry number data error Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 112 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 9 EM AREA READ RE Heads the contents of the specified number of EM words E00000 to E09999 starting from the specified word in the specified EM bank Command Format x10 x100 R E BankNo x10 x 10 x 10 x 109 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x a Unit No BCD Header Bank No Beginning word No of words FCS Terminator code See note 0000 to 9999 0001 to 9999 Note Input 00 01 or OC to specify bank number O 1 or C Input two spaces to specify the current bank Response Format Q x10 x109 R E x16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x J NEM N Unit No BCD Header End code Read data 1 word FCS Terminator code Head data for number of words read Limitations A single bank of EM consists of E00000 to E32767 but the range that can be read by this command is E00000 to E09999 The maximum EM bank number that can be specified is 12 OC Hex The text portion of the response s first frame can contain up to 30 words If more than 30 words are read the data will be returned in mult
261. om a Programming Device or using the DATE 735 instruction The clock will not start until the time has been set Not required for CS1 H CJ1 CJ1 H CJ1M or CS1D CPU Units e When using a CS1 H CJ1 CJ1 H CJ1M or CS1D CPU Unit the PLC Setup is set to specify using the mode set on the Programming Console and a Programming Console is not connected the CPU Unit will start in RUN mode This is the default setting in the PLC Setup A CS1 CPU Unit will start in PROGRAM mode under the same conditions e When creating an AUTOEXEC IOM file from a Programming Device a Programming Console or the CX Programmer to automatically transfer XIX Application Precautions XX 5 data at startup set the first write address to D20000 and be sure that the size of data written does not exceed the size of the DM Area When the data file is read from the Memory Card at startup data will be written in the CPU Unit starting at D20000 even if another address was set when the AUTOEXEC IOM file was created Also if the DM Area is exceeded which is possible when the CX Programmer is used the remaining data will be written to the EM Area Always turn ON power to the PLC before turning ON power to the control system If the PLC power supply is turned ON after the control power sup ply temporary errors may result in control system signals because the output terminals on DC Output Units and other Units will momentarily turn ON when power is turned O
262. ommand is input 2 The Host Link command that was input is sent to the PLC and the data that is received is displayed on the screen Note The example program up to this point does not include an error processing routine in case reception is not normal e g if there is no FCS Include error processing routines when creating an actual program 400 FCSCHCK 410 L LEN RESPONSES Transmission reception data 420 Q 0 FCSCKS ii 430 AS RIGHTS RESPONSES 1 440 PRINT RESPONSES AS L 450 IF A i iTHEN LENGS LEN RESPONSES 3 ELSE LENGS LEN RESPONSES 2 460 FCSPS MIDS RESPONSES LENGS 1 2 FCS data that is received 470 FOR I 1 TO LENGS Number of characters in FCS calculation 480 Q ASC MIDS RESPONSES1 1 XOR Q 490 NEXT 1 500 FCSDS HEXS Q 510 IF LEN FCSDS 1 THEN FCSD 101 FCSDS FCS calculation result 520 IF FCSDS lt gt FCSPS THEN FCSCKS iERRi 530 PRINT iFCSDS i FCSDS iFCSP 1i FCSP iFCSCK i FCSCKS Normal FCS reception space abnormal FCS reception ERR 540 RETURN 14 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Section 2 4 2 4 Precautions when Reusing Programs from Earlier Models Observe the following precautions when reusing host computer programs cre ated for communications with C series Host Link Units 2 4 1 C series Host Link Units with 1 N Host Link Format Selected Using the CPU Unit s Built in Peripheral Port or RS 232C Port Number of Data Words per Frame Note When I O memory data is read
263. onnected serially to the PLC master via Host Link specified Terminator farts ost Lin CS CJ series or CVM1 CV series PLC Host Link Slave Used as Host Link Master Network Ethernet Controller Link DeviceNet Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 Sending FINS Messages or Sending Receiving Data Using CMND 490 RECV 098 SEND 090 in the CPU Unit s Ladder Program The Board Unit converts the FINS messages to Host Link FINS in this opera tion Access from CPU Unit on the Same PLC CPU bus to Serial Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network Serial Communications Unit Board Slave PLCs connected serially to Optional the Serial Communications Board Senin Unit using Host Link can be accessed from the CPU Unit in the same PLC RS 422A 485 Host Link Used as Host Link Master E Slave PLCs connected serially to Required T the Serial Communications Board Unit using Host Link can be accessed from a CPU Unit ina PLC connected to the network Network Ethernet Controller Link DeviceNet 4 Terminator RS 422A 485 S Link ised as Host Link Master CS CJ series or CVM1 CV series PLC Host Link Slave Note This configuration can be connected to other networks as shown be Network to Serial to Network Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network CPU Units in
264. ons 3 6 4 Converting FINS to Modbus RTU Modbus RTU Slave compatible devices including OMRON Inverters con nected serially to a PLC via Modbus RTU can be accessed from the PLC or PT using Modbus RTU commands enclosed in FINS messages e Sent FINS message FINS header FINS command code 2804 hex Modbus RTU command e Message after conversion Modbus RTU command CPU Unit Modbus RTU command FINS header 2804 Modbus RTU command Modbus RTU command instruction or munications PT Program Modbus RTU Slave compatible device OMRON Inverter etc Modbus RTU command encapsulated Unit Board using FINS command 2804 hex ee Via network or CPU bus RS 232C or RS 422A 485 Modbus RTU Slave compatible OMRON Devices Inverters 3G3JV 3G3MV 3G3RV Temperature Controllers E5CN New version 70 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 System Configuration Patterns Sending FINS Messages Using CMND 490 in CPU Unit s Ladder Program The Board Unit converts the FINS messages to Modbus RTU protocol for sending in this operation Access from CPU Unit on the Same PLC CPU Bus to Serial Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network Brest cdi RUPEM OMRON Inverters connected serially to Optional the Serial Communications Board Unit using Modbus RTU can be accessed from a CPU Unit in the same PLC Modbus RTU Slave device e g OMRON Inverter Access from CPU Unit on Netwo
265. orded as the date of the file 5 3 35 FILE MEMORY FORMAT 22 04 216 Formats file memory Always execute FILE MEMORY FORMAT command code 2204 before using a memory card or EM area as file memory FINS Commands Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters Comments Note Section 5 3 Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No OK KN RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 22 04 Command Disk code No 22 04 Command End code code Disk number command The classification of the file memory to be formatted is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes When FILE MEMORY FORMAT command code 2204 is executed all data registered to the file memory will be cleared Before executing this command check to be sure that it is okay to clear the data Refer to file memory applica tion procedures in the CPU Unit s operation manual for details on using file memory FILE MEMORY FORMAT is also used to return EM memory that has been converted to file memory back to its original form Even if only the size of the file memory is changed the entire file memory will be formatted If the current EM bank is specified for file conversion in the PLC Setup when FILE MEMORY FORMAT is executed
266. ords will be returned with the response Maximum number of stored records response Indicates the maximum number of records that can be stored Always 20 records Number of stored records response Indicates the number of records recorded at the time the command is exe cuted Access log data response The specified access log records will be returned in sequence starting from the beginning record number The total number of bytes required is calculated as follows No of records x 12 bytes The configuration of each error record is as follows 1st byte 12th byte Node Not Command address used code Minute Day Hour Year Month Network Unit econd address address Network address The network address of the node that sent the FINS write command Node address The node address of the node that sent the FINS write command Unit address The Unit address of the Unit that sent the FINS write command Command code The command code of the FINS write command that was received MR and MS Year month day hour minute second day of week The year month day of month hour minute and second are expressed in BCD Year The rightmost two digits of the year 1998 1999 and 2000 are expressed as 98 99 and 00 respectively 2096 and 2097 will be expressed as 96 and 97 Hour 00 to 23 BCD End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on e
267. ormat indicates the position at which a verification error occurs or the number of words compared Disk number command The classification of the file memory where the file to be transferred or com pared is registered is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory File name command Specify the file to be transferred or compared For details on the configuration refer to page 168 Directory length command Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length 223 FINS Commands Comments Section 5 3 Absolute directory path command Indicates the absolute path from the root directory It begins with BC hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes The clock data upon completion of a parameter area to file memory transfer will be recorded as the date of the file that has been transferred A file can be transferred to the I O table only when the CPU Unit is in PRO GRAM mode This command cannot be executed if any other device holds the access right Files cannot be overwritten when transferring
268. ote Date and Time Configuration The data and time consists of 4 bytes 32 bits and is configured in the way shown below 213 FINS Commands Section 5 3 1st byte 2nd byte 3rd byte 4th byte NI E Bit 31 to 2524 to 2120 to 1615 to 11 10 to 5 4 to 0 7 bits 4 bits 5 bits 5 bits 6 bits 5 bits MI MI J B B Year Month Day Hour Minute Second 0 to 119 1to 12 1 to 31 0 to 23 0 to 59 0 to 29 All data values are in binary Year Add 1980 to the value returned The year is the number of years since 1980 Second Multiply the value returned by two The value returned is expressed in units of two seconds End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes 5 3 33 SINGLE FILE READ 22 02 Heads the contents of a file stored in the file memory Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode Command Format 22 02 12 bytes Command Disk No File name File position Datalength Directory Absolute directory code length path Response Format Command End code File capacity File position Data length Data code Parameters Disk number command The classification of the file memory with the file name to be r
269. pdated for new models December 2003 Pages xi to xvii PLP information updated Front of manual Information added on unit versions Pages 4 5 110 and 111 Note and references to it added and 21 40 and 21 41 added Pages 24 and 28 Note added Page 45 Information on destination unit address changed Page 55 Addresses corrected in program Page 110 Pages 111 to 113 Column added and 21 40 and 21 41 added Pages 146 and 167 Version changed to internal system version Page 163 FFFF added to table Page 166 Sections added on 21 40 and 21 41 August 2004 CompoBus D was changed to DeviceNet throughout the manual Pages 8 38 and 111 Notes added Page 15 Section 2 4 replaced Page 24 Note changed Page 28 Description of ICV and RSV changed Pages 28 29 41 49 and 50 Information on GCT changed Pages 28 29 31 40 45 46 and 48 Information added on new Ethernet Units and other settings changed Page 33 Information on unit addresses added Page 34 Graphic changed Page 35 Values for gateway count changed Pages 39 41 44 45 47 49 and 50 Values of GCT RSV changed Page 41 Description of RSV changed Page 58 Section added Page 70 Status definitions added to graphic Pages 111 and 113 Commands added to table Page 185 Commands 28 03 28 04 and 28 05 added 10 January 2006 Page v Information on general precautions notation added Page xxiii Information on liability and warranty added
270. pecified in BCD or if the number of words to read is O 00 Nomacombeion SSCS Entry number data error Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 4 3 3 LR AREA READ RL Treats CIO 1000 to CIO 1199 as a data link area and reads the contents of the specified number of words starting from the specified word Command Format x10 x109 R JL x 108 x 10 x10 x109 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x a Unit No BCD Header Beginning word No of words FCS Terminator code 0000 to 0199 0001 to 0200 Response Format x10 x10 R L x 161 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 d N f Unit No BCD Header End code Head data 1 word FCS Terminator code Head data for number of words read Limitations The text portion of the response s first frame can contain up to 30 words If more than 30 words are read the data will be returned in multiple frames In the second and later frames the text portion of the response can contain up to 31 words The INITIALIZE and ABORT commands can be sent instead of the delimiter for multiple responses for this command If other commands are sent they will be treated as delimiters 107 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Execution Conditions PLC Mode UMArea O Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected
271. program 5 3 44 FORCED SET RESET 23 01 Force sets ON or force resets OFF bits flags or releases force set status Bits flags that are forced ON or OFF will remain ON or OFF and cannot be written to until the forced status is released Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device m write a RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode No OK OK Note Forced status means that the ON OFF status of the bit flag is forcibly retained and writing is prohibited 228 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Command Format 23 01 Command No of Set reset Bit flag Set reset designation Bit flag code bits flags designation I O memory area code I O memory area code Forced set reset data gt gt gt Forced set reset data Response Format 23 01 Command End code code Parameters Number of bits flags command Specify the number of bits flags to be controlled Set reset designation command Specify the action to be taken for each bit flag Value Operation hex 0000 Forced reset Turns OFF 0 the bit flag and places it in forced et See note 0001 Forced set Turns ON 1 the bit flag and places it in forced oe 8000 _ Forced set reset OFF release Turns OFF 0 the bit flag and releases i d status 8001 Forced set reset ON release Turns ON 1 the bit flag and releases the forced stat
272. r data response Fatal error data for the CPU Unit is configured as follows First byte Second byte I Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 FALS error on or ne 1 Cycle time over ML LLLLLZZ 1 Program error 82 eae amp 2 ee ee 1 I O setting error 1 I O point overflow MEM LL LLLLLLLLL 1 Fatal Inner Board error Qe ce sec ERE E 1 Duplication error ee ee ee 1 I O bus error Pc 1 Memory error Non fatal error data response Non fatal error data for the CPU Unit is configured as follows First byte Second byte oo a a PEE TUE amp 2c ac Gs on as Bit 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O A A A A A A a A A A A A A A Other non fatal errors Reserved for system 1 Special I O Unit setting error oi oS 1 C81 CPU Bus Unit setting error AIL LL 1 Battery error HEX II LLL 1 SYSMAC BUS error TT 1 Special I O Unit error Spe nsp m eR Eos mo a og 1 CPU Bus Unit error ee a ee ae a 1 Inner Board error pee eee wee eae eee nee 1 I O verification error Le P 1 PLC Setup error EE I LL LL LL LLL LLL LLC Heserved for system Been eS ee eee eee ee ae eee eee ease 1 Basic I O Unit error Dee eee ee ee eaeeee ew eee eeeann eee wee 1 Interrupt task error LU Me eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee 1 Duplex error eee es Pee eae eee eee eee eee eee eee ee 1 FAL error Note For details refer to the CPU Unit s operation
273. r to Element Data Configurations on page 163 End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes 1 If the specified number of elements is 0000 hex nothing will be read and a normal response will be returned 2 Omemory can be read regardless of the operating mode of the CPU Unit FINS Commands Section 5 3 I O Memory Area Codes EE memory area memory area element code um code T mE Bi Holding Bit Area HR E E 85 0 E m e p 2 ha o rc Word EM Area EM bank O to Bit 20 to NN bank F EM bank 10 EO to E8 to bank 18 EM bank 0 to Word AO to AF or bank F 50 to 5F see note EM bank 10 to bank 18 EM current Bit oA EM current Bank No bank No TK sm P e py Je Note Ona CJ2 CPU unit only 50 to 5F can be specified for the memory area code of EM banks 0 to F 173 FINS Commands Section 5 3 5 3 3 MEMORY AREA WRITE 01 02 Writes data to the specified number of consecutive words starting from the specified word Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device REM RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OK OK Command Format 01 02 o wo y Nee CF Command Beginning address No of items Data for number of items code binary I O memory area code Response Format 01 02 Command End code cod
274. rations so they can pass through a network hierarchy to access devices on up to three network lev els including the local network Network 2 Network 1 Network 3 Note With CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 2 0 or later CP series CPU Units or NSJ Controllers devices can be accessed on up to 8 network levels When the destination of a FINS command is a CPU Unit the command can be sent through as many as 8 network levels When the destination of a FINS command is a node other than a CPU Unit the command can be sent through a maximum of 3 network levels FINS Commands Section 3 1 e The following table shows the maximum number of network levels that can be crossed by various PLC models PLC model Network levels Gateway counter setting CS CJ series CPU Unit with It is possible to select a maximum of either 8 lev unit version 3 0 E 4 3 levels Set with CX Programmer Ver CP series CPU Unit 1 NSJ Controller CS CJ series CPU Unit with Setting fixed at 8 levels max unit version 2 0 Pre Ver 20 CS CJ series Setting fixed at 3 levels max CPU Units and CVM1 CV series CPU Units 1 Not possible with a CP1E CPU unit e When crossing up to 3 network levels the CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 2 0 and later CP series CPU Units and NSJ Controllers can be combined with other models When crossing 4 to 8 network levels configure the system with only unit version 2 0 and later CS CJ series CPU Unit
275. rences All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual The word Unit is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product The abbreviation Ch which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products often means word and is abbreviated Wd in documentation in this sense The abbreviation PLC means Programmable Controller PC is used how ever in some Programming Device displays to mean Programmable Control ler Visual Aids The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of information Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient opera tion of the product 1 2 3 1 Indicates lists of one sort or another such as procedures checklists etc OMRON 1999 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is con stantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes
276. response The error message specified in the FAL 006 or FALS 007 instruction A single error message consists of 16 ASCII characters If a message consists of less than 16 bytes spaces 20 hex will be returned for the remainder If no message has been registered for a message number that has been requested 16 bytes of spaces 20 hex will be returned Message data will be returned as is even if a control code such as CH 0D hex is included in the message data End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes The MESSAGE READ MESSAGE CLEAR refer to 5 3 22 MESSAGE CLEAR 09 20 and FAL FALS READ refer to 5 3 23 FAL FALS READ 09 20 commands share the same command code 0920 They are distin guished by bits 14 and 15 of the two byte parameter following the command code To read FAL FALS messages bit 14 must be OFF 0 and bit 15 must be ON 1 5 3 24 ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE OC 01 Execution Conditions Command Format Acquires the access right as long as no other device holds it Execute the ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE command when you need to execute commands continuously without being interrupted by other devices As soon as the exe cution of the commands has been completed execute ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE command code 0C03 to release the access right Refer to 5 3 26 ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE OC 03 If another devices holds the access right the device will be identified in the response Access right
277. ress 10 node address 12 Destination network address DNA OA 30 41 Destination node address DA1 OC 30 43 Destination unit address DA2 00 30 30 Command addressed to CPU Unit 3 5 4 Sending FINS Commands to the Host Computer from the CPU Unit With normal Host Link communications FINS commands are sent from the host computer to the CPU Unit Commands can also be sent however from the CPU Unit to the host computer Any FINS command can be sent to the host computer using SEND 090 which sends CPU Unit data to the host computer RECV 098 which receives data from the host computer or CMND 490 Slave initiated communications allows the host computer to be notified unso licited communications when an error is generated for example on a produc tion line controlled by a CPU Unit Since the host computer no longer needs to regularly communicate with the CPU Unit the load on the host computer is reduced When an Ethernet Unit or Controller Link Unit are mounted to the Backplane of the CPU Unit commands can be sent to the host computer from a CPU Unit on a network on another level up to three network levels Note In principle send commands to the host computer only when one host com puter is connected to one CPU Unit If more than one CPU Unit is connected to the host computer the commands may collide with each other and prevent normal communications Create a program that will exclusively control com mands
278. rial Communications Unit Serial Communications Unit Serial port 1 Serial port 2 Serial port on Unit Serial port s unit address Example Unit number 1 Serial port 1 80 hex 04 hex x unit num 80 hex 04 hex x 1 84 ber hex 132 decimal Serial port 2 81 hex 04 hex x unit num 81 hex 04 hex x 1 85 ber hex 132 decimal Unit addresses for serial port 1 Unitnumber o 7 7 2 7 3 4 5 T 677 78 fT9 Tats Tc pTeET rf Hexadecimal 80 84 88 sc 90 94 98 9C ao A4 A8 AC BO B4 Ba BC Decima 128 132 136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172 176 180 184 188 Unit addresses for serial port 2 Unit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 B D E F Hexadecimal 81 85 89 8D 91 95 99 9D A1 A5 AD B1 B5 B9 BD Decimal 129 133 137 141 145 149 153 157 161 165 173 177 181 185 189 Summary of Addresses The three addresses used in FINS commands can be summarized as follows refer to the following diagram Network Address An address that identifies the entire network All nodes on the same network have the same network address Node Address An address that identifies an individual node on a network such as a PLC or host computer 39 Settings for Sending FINS Commands Section 3 4 PLC Node address 8 Computer Node address 11 40 Controller Link Unit Unit Address For a PLC an address that identifies the spec
279. rite Response Format x 10 x 10 W H x16 x 16 x J Unit No Header End code FCS Terminator BCD code Execution Conditions Commands Responses Picmoas omaa Singe Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK OK OK No No OK OK PKK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect or the first word of write data is not in the first frame An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the specified write data exceeds the data area boundary the beginning word is not speci fied in BCD or the write data is not hexadecimal An end code of A5 will be returned instead of 15 for non hexadecimal write data in multiple command frames 00 Nemacowhon SSS 116 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 13 TIMER COUNTER PV WRITE WC Writes the PVs present values T0000 to T2047 or C0000 to C2047 of timers counters starting from the specified word Command Format Oo x10 x 109 W C x 10 x 107 x 10 x 10 x 16 x 16 x 16 x 16 d T Unit No BCD Header Beginning word Write data 1 word FCS Terminator l code Timer 0000 to 2047 Soc EG Counter 2048 to 4095 Write data for number of PV to write Response Format
280. rk PLC FINS message to Serial Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network OMRON Inverters connected serially to Optional the Serial Communications Board Unit using Modbus RTU can be accessed from el a CPU Unit in a PLC connected to the net work Serial Communications Unit Board Network Ethernet Controller Link DeviceNet iOdbDuUS comman d RS 485 Modbus RTU Modbus RTU Slave device Bee 9 em e g OMRON Inverter E E OO pu 71 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 Executing Smart Active Parts Using an NS series PT Sending Internal FINS Messages The Board Unit converts the FINS messages to Modbus RTU protocol for sending in this operation Access from PT on Ethernet or Routing tables to treat serial serial NT Link communications path as network Access via serial communications using Modbus RTU is possible from a PT con nected to the network by executing a omart Active Part that is connected seri ally which automatically sends an internal FINS command Note When the NS series PT is con 72 nected serially to the PLC using serial communications mode 1 N NT Links and the NS series PT sends FINS com mands encapsulated in NT Link commands using Smart Active Parts the CPU Unit removes the NT Link header etc from the received command converti
281. rn the proper data CMND 490 By using CMND 490 controls can be implemented by sending FINS com mands to the host computer Command Format Received by the Host Computer CMND 490 can be used to send any FINS command to the host computer The command format received by the host computer is shown in the following diagram 53 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Unit No No Render code an wait time i DA2 SNA SA1 SA2 SID Command code Data 1 080 characters max poe E Nee FCS Terminator Control Words Control data must be set before CMND 490 is executed The control data is written in the following format starting from the first control word woa sowo B s0PioiS LU Destination unit address Destination node address Bits 00 to 03 No of retries Bits 08 to 10 Comm port number Bits 15 Response setting C45 Response monitor time Number of Bytes of Command Data Set the number of bytes of command data including the command code that are stored from the first command word Number of Bytes of Response Data Set the number of bytes of response data including command code and end code that are stored from the first response word Serial Port Number Set the serial port number to which the host computer is connected Destination Network Address Set the network address of the destination node i e the computer Set 00 to send communications within the local network
282. rogram setting is enabled this command cannot be executed 187 FINS Commands 5 3 13 RUN 04 01 Note Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters Comments 5 3 14 STOP 04 02 Note 188 Section 5 3 Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode to MONITOR or RUN enabling the PLC to execute its program The CPU Unit will start operation when RUN is executed You must confirm the safety of the system before executing RUN When the prohibit overwriting of protected program setting is enabled this command cannot be executed Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No OK KN RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OK OK 04 01 FF FF Command Program code No Mode 04 01 MEE ney Command End code code Program number command Always FFFF hex Mode command Set the CPU Unit s operating mode as follows 02 hex Change to MONITOR mode 04 hex Change to RUN mode End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes If only the command code or only the command code and program number are sent the mode will be changed to MONITOR mode If the CPU Unit s operating mode has already been changed to the intended mode when this command is sent a normal completion will be returned Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode to PROGRAM stopping program
283. ror 200100 Flag 000000 000100 000200 000300 000400 100000 100100 100200 100300 100400 100500 100600 100700 100800 100900 100A00 100E00 100F00 ail Fr p JI 1 The only current EM bank that can be read with FINS commands is the current EM bank that is set at the end of the cycle On a CJ2 CPU unit only 50 to 5F can be specified for the memory area code of EM banks O to F 167 Designating Command Parameters Section 5 2 Number of Elements for O MEMORY AREA READ 0101 and I O MEMORY AREA WRITE 0102 Volume Labels and File Names 168 Examples Designation Contents Memory area Address within memory code area code 00 hex OD hex CIO 0010 B0000A00 hex 000A hex CIO 001013 30000A0D hex 30 hex 000A hex bit 13 of CIO 0010 B10000A00 hex 000A hex W01013 31000A0D hex 31 hex 000A hex bit 13 of W010 H010 B2000A00 hex 000A hex H01013 32000A0D hex 32 hex 000A hex bit 13 of HO10 CIO 001013 bit 13 of 70000A0D hex 70 hex 000A hex CIO 0010 with forced status CIO 0010 with forced F0000A00 hex FO hex 000A hex status T0010 Completion 09000A00 hex 000A hex Flag D00010 value 82000A00 hex 000A hex E 3 00010 value A3000A00 hex 000A hex Current EM bank 98000A00 hex 98 hex 000A hex 00010 value The maximum number of elements that can be specified for reading or writing with O MEMORY AREA READ 0101 and I O MEMORY AREA WRITE 0102
284. rotected OK No j OK No OK OK x OK _ amp End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect End code Hex 00 Normal completion Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 4 3 24 STATUS CHANGE SC Changes the CPU Unit operating mode Command Format Q x10 x109 S C x16 x 16 x L D IN Unit No BCD B Mode data FCS Terminator coae Mode data consists of two digits one byte hexadecimal With the leftmost two bits specify the CPU Unit operating mode Set all of the remaining bits to 0 x 16 x 16 Bt 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1010 10 1010 Bit Operation mode 11 0 0 0 PROGRAM mode 1 O MONITOR mode This area is different 1 1 RUN mode from that of STATUS READ Response Format x10 x100 S C x16 x 169 E rs Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator i code Limitations RUN mode and MONITOR mode designations differ from those in STATUS READ 134 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Execution Conditions Commands Responses PlCMode UMAea Single Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK No j OK No x OK x OK amp End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length o
285. rs the access log data for FINS write commands 5 3 32 FILE NAME READ 22 01 Reads file data such as the names of files saved in file memory Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection Execution Conditions RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode 211 FINS Commands Command Format Section 5 3 EE 22 01 BEEN Command Disk No Beginning No of Directory Absolute directory code file position files length path Response Format 22 01 26 bytes 22 bytes 22 bytes Command End code Disk data No of File data File data code files ec Read file data Parameters Disk number command The classification of the file memory with the file name to be read is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory Beginning file position command The first file to be read The first file number is 0000 hex Number of files command The number of file names to be read between 0001 and 0014 hex A maxi mum number of 20 file names can be read at one time If there are more file names than that add one to the number of response files when specifying the next beginning file position To read disk data only specify 0000 hex for both the beginning file position and the number of file names A response will be returned for up to the numb
286. rt to O hex not used in bits 08 to 11 of C 2 e Set the unit address of the Serial Communications Board Unit itself Board E1 hex Unit 10 hex unit number in the send destination unit address bits 00 to 07 of C 3 and set the serial port numbers Port number 1 1 hex Port number 2 2 hex in the serial port number phys ical port bits 08 to 11 of C 2 e Host Link FINS Always set the unit address of the actual destination unit Sending Modbus RTU Commands e Set the FINS command code 2804 hex indicating the Modbus RTU con version in S e Set the slave address 1 byte FUNCTION code 1 byte communica tions data n bytes in order of leftmost byte to rightmost bytes see note from S 1 onwards Note For Modbus RTU set the Modbus RTU slave address 1 byte in the leftmost byte of S 1 and the FUNCTION code 1 byte in the rightmost byte of S4 Example of Sending Modbus RTU Command Using CMND 490 Instruction This example is for writing a frequency reference value from an OMRON 3G3MV Inverter connected through RS 485 to the Serial Communications Unit via two networks Ethernet to Controller Link Example The CMND 490 instruction is executed in the PLC for Ethernet The Modbus RTU command for writing frequency reference value data is sent via Ethernet to the 3G3MV Inverter Modbus RTU slave address 02 that is connected to port 1 Unit address 80 hex 4 hex x unit number 3 8C hex of the Serial Communications Unit Un
287. rt 1 FD hex 253 decimal Serial port 2 FC hex 252 decimal Settings for a Serial Communications Board or Unit e Unit addresses for serial port 1 Cwsmme o 1 2 e 4 s s 7 4 8 2 E pun hexadecimal 80 ea ee sc 90 ea ss ac Ao aa as Ac 8o Tea Be EC ea e Unit addresses for serial port 2 Unitnumber o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C DJ E F Boara Hexadecimal 61 5s eo ep w ws Too o ar As we AD ex 8s Bo aD ES e Sending Modbus RTU Commands with the CMND Instruction e Set FINS command code 2804 hex CONVERT TO MODBUS RTU COMMAND in S e Set the following parameters starting at S 1 with the leftmost byte first see note Slave address 1 byte Function code 1 byte and the communications data n bytes 234 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Note For Modbus RTU set the Modbus RTU Slave address 1 byte in the leftmost byte of S 1 and the function code 1 byte in the rightmost byte of S 1 5 3 48 CONVERT TO MODBUS ASCII COMMAND 28 05 Execution Conditions Command Format Response Format Parameters When this command is sent to a serial port on a Serial Communications Unit or Board Ver 1 2 or later the Serial Communications Unit Board removes the FINS header and sends the enclosed Modbus ASCII command With this command OMRON components connected to a PLC through Mod bus ASCII communications can be accessed from a PLC or PT by s
288. rt port unit allocated address address speci speci Node No x 10 x 10 ASCII code 2 bytes CompoWay F See note End code Command Response Text MRC MRES ASCII SRES ASCII code 4 bytes code Frame before Conversion FiNSheader header A M Remote network address address DNA allocated address or local network address or local network node address FINS command command Remote Etc SRC unit address Modbus RTU command section only FUNCTION code 1 byte Communications data n bytes Slave address 1 byte Start silent interval of 3 5 characters See note Slave address 1 byte Modbus RTU frame FUNCTION code 1 byte Error check CRC 1 byte Communications data n bytes End silent interval of 3 5 characters See note The silent interval in the Modbus RTU frame is automatically generated by the Serial Communications Board Unit 87 Communications Frames Section 3 7 Response Frame Frame before Conversion Modbus RTU frame Start silent Slave FUNCTION interval of 3 5 characters IS See note address code 1 byte Remote Remote Remote Etc network node unit address address address DNA DA1 DA2 Serial port 00 hex Serial allocated port unit or local or local address network network address node address 3 7 3 Modbus
289. ry code length path Response Format 22 08 Command End code code Parameters Disk number command The classification of the file memory where the file name to be changed is reg istered is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory Old and new file names command Specify the original file name and a new name for the file For details on the configuration refer to page 168 Directory length command Indicates the length of the absolute directory path The maximum number of characters is 65 To specify the root directory as the absolute directory path specify 0000 hex as the directory length Absolute directory path command Indicates the absolute path from the root directory It begins with BC hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments The file name will not be changed if an existing file name is specified for the new file Even if the name of a file is changed the date of the file will remain unchanged Directory names can also be changed Specify the directory name in place of the file name 5 3 39 MEMORY AREA FILE TRANSFER 22 0A Transfers or compares data between the I O memory areas and th
290. s Pulse outputs e Serial communications Other functions SYSMAC CP Series CP1E CPU Unit Instructions Reference Manual CP1E E L CP1E NL HE SYSMAC CXONE ALLILIC VLJ ALLILID VLI CX One Version 4 0 FA Integrated Tool Package Setup Manual SYSMAC CXONE ALLILIC VLI CXONE ALL IL ID VL CS CJ CP NSJ Series CX Integrator Operation Manual SYSMAC WS02 CXLILI VLI CX Programmer Operation Manual SYSMAC CX Programmer WS02 CXL IL I VL Operation Manual Function Blocks Structured Text SYSMAC WS02 CXLILI VLI CX Programmer Operation Manual SFC Cat No W483 Describes each programming instruction in detail W463 Provides an overview of the CX One FA Inte grated Tool Package and CX One installation pro cedures W464 Describes setting and monitoring networks W447 W469 W446 Describes operating procedures for the CX Pro grammer Support Software running on a Win dows computer Describes specifications and procedures required to use function blocks structured text Describes specifications and procedures required to use SFC programming functions Section 1 introduces the C mode commands and FINS commands and explains the relationship between them Section 2 provides an overview of C mode commands Section 3 provides an overview of FINS commands Section 4 provides detailed descriptions of the C mode commands Section 5 provides detailed descriptions of the FINS
291. s Bit 15 must be ON 1 when data is written to the last word in the specified parameter area or no data will be written If the number of write words is set to 0000 no words will be written and a normal end code will be returned Bit 15 OFF 0 Without last word data to be written Bit 15 ON 1 With last word data to be written Bits O to 14 No of words to be written Bits O to 7 second byte Bits 8 to 15 first byte Data command The data to be written The leftmost bits bits 15 to 8 of each word must be specified first followed by the rightmost bits bits 7 to 0 The required number of bytes in total for each write can be calculated as follows No of words x 2 each word consists of two bytes End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes 182 FINS Commands Comments Section 5 3 Parameters will be written regardless of the operating mode of the CPU Unit There are some settings in the PLC Setup that cannot and will not be written if the CPU Unit is in RUN mode but the end code will be 0000 nevertheless It is the user s responsibility to program steps to prohibit this command from being executed when the CPU Unit is in the RUN mode if such protection is neces sary Execute CPU UNIT STATUS READ command code 0601 to read the CPU Unit s mode Refer to 5 3 17 CPU UNIT STATUS HEAD 06 01 Data can only be written to the I O registration table when
292. s CP series CPU Units and NSJ Controllers Other models cannot be combined in the network with CS CJ series CPU Units with unit version 2 0 and later CP series CPU Units and NSJ Controllers If ear lier models are used a routing error end codes 0501 to 0504 will occur and the response may not be returned to the node that sent the com mand For details refer to 1 4 2 Communications through a Maximum of 8 Network Levels in the CS Series PLC Operation Manual or the CJ Series PLC Opera tion Manual Types of FINS Commands There are basically two kinds of FINS commands Those addressed to CPU FINS Commands Units and those addressed to CPU Bus Units Among FINS commands for CPU Units there are commands addressed to the various models of CPU Unit such as the CS CJ CP series CPU Units NSJ Controllers CV series CPU Units C200HX HG HE CPU Units and so on The basic code system is the same but the detailed specifications vary according to the CPU Unit Among FINS commands for CPU Bus Units there are commands addressed to Controller Link Units to DeviceNet Master Units to Ethernet Units and so on CS CJ CP series CPU Units and NSJ Controllers can receive FINS com Addressed to CS CJ CP mands from a PLC CS CJ CVM1 CV or C200HX HG HE Z CPU Unit or series CPU Units and NSJ computer on another network or from a host computer connected directly to Controllers the local network Host computer PLC on another network
293. s Parameters Program No command and response Always FFFF hex Beginning word command and response For the beginning address the beginning of the program area is specified as a relative address of 00000000 hex The beginning address must be a multiple of four Number of bytes command and response Specify the number of bytes of data to write The number of bytes must be a multiple of 4 and 996 or less The leftmost bit bit 15 is used to indicate when program area writing is completed Bit 15 must be ON 1 the last word of data Bit 15 OFF 0 Not last word of data Bit 15 ON 1 Last word of data Bits O to 14 Number of bytes written Bits O to 7 second byte Bits 8 to 15 first byte Data command opecify the data to be written by designating the beginning address and the number of bytes End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments The PROGRAM AREA WHITE command can be executed only when the CPU Unit is in PROGRAM mode A maximum of 996 bytes can be written with each command Partition the data into units of 996 bytes or less and use as many commands as necessary to write from 00000000 hex to the final address When the Prohibit from overwriting to a protected program setting is enabled this command cannot be executed 5 3 12 PROGRAM AREA CLEAR 03 08 Completely initializes the contents of the program area from the beginning of the program area to the f
294. s ASCII command compatible instruction munications devi Modbus ASCII command encapsulated evice Unit Board RS 232C or RS 422A 485 using FINS command 2805 hex Via network or CPU bus System Configuration Patterns Sending FINS Messages Using CMND 490 in CPU Unit s Ladder Program The Board Unit converts the FINS messages to Modbus ASCII protocol for sending in this operation Access from CPU Unit on the Same PLC CPU Bus to Serial Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network Serial Communications UniBoard Slaves connected serially to the Serial Optional Communications Board Unit using Mod L bus ASCII can be accessed from a CPU To Unit in the same PLC Somaraion FINS header 2805 Modbus ASCII lt gt od Modbus ASCII Slave device Slaves connected serially to the Serial Optional Communications Board Unit using Mod bus ASCII can be accessed from a CPU Unit in a PLC on the network Network Ethernet Controller Link DeviceNet RS 485 Modbus ASCII Modbus ASCII Slave device Note 1 The FINS header contains the following information e Remote destination network address DNA Same as for CompoWay F e Remote destination node address DA1 Same as for CompoWay F e Remote unit address DA2 Same as for CompoWay F 2 The contents of the Modbus ASCII command enclosed in the FINS mes sage that is s
295. s Port Number Set the port number in the CPU Unit which will transmit SEND 090 Number of Retries Set the maximum number of times SEND 090 is to be resent if no re sponse is returned Response Monitor Time If the Response Setting is set to require a response set the response mon itor time Control Word Settings The setting range for each item is shown on the following table Number of send words 0001 to 010B 1 to 267 words Serial port number 00 Do not set 01 Port 1 02 Port 2 Destination network 00 Local network address 01 to 7F Network address 1 to 127 Destination node address 00 Internal communications in PLC 01 to FE Node address of Ethernet Unit with model number ending in ETN21 1 to 254 01 to 7E Node address of Ethernet Unit with other model number 1 to 126 01 to 20 Node address 1 to 32 for Controller Link Destination unit address 00 CPU Unit 10 to 1F Serial Communications Unit unit address O to 15 E1 Inner Board Serial Communications Board Response setting 0 Required 1 Not required Communications port O to 7 0 to 7 number Number of retries O to i MRNA 0 to 15 Response monitor time 0000 Default 0001 to FFFF 0 1 to 6 553 5 s unit 0 1 s 51 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 RECV 098 52 Note To execute SEND 090 normally programming needs to be written to process the data received by the host computer and return the proper r
296. s not being If necessary start the service stopped executed 07 No LNK indicator on The right to execute the The local node is not in the data execution right Unit Board service has not been link Execute the command from a obtained node that is participating in the data link A response was not returned Restart the Board If the problem because a buffer error persists replace the Board occurred 08 Settings not Settings required The settings required before Make the required settings before execution executing the service have not been made The required elements have Check the command format and set not been set in the command the required elements in the data command data OA Number Action numbers The specified action transi Check the action transition numbers already defined and transition tion number has already to ones that are not being used and numbers of pro been registered in a then execute the command gram in program previous program area OB Error will Cause of error The cause of the error has Remove the cause of the error and not clear being cleared not been removed then execute ERROR CLEAR 01 No access The access right is held by Wait until the access right is right another device Online edit released and then execute the ing is being executed from command another node or ACCESS ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE or RIGHT ACQUIRE or ACCESS RIGHT FORCE 09 Necessary
297. s the command will return the following response frame to the host computer Response Frame Host Link header FINS response frame See note SUN Host Link terminator Note A FINS response frame also consists of the contents set e g requested at the time of transmission and the FINS command response format data It is also possible to send a FINS command frame with a Host Link header and terminator from a CS CJ CP series not possible from a CP1E CPU unit CPU Unit or NSJ Controller to a host computer connected by Host Link Sys tem unsolicited communications initiated by a slave 3 3 FINS Command and Response Frames If the data from the command code onwards is set in the words specified with S when a FINS command is sent by means of CMND 490 a FINS header will be generated automatically and attached and the FINS command frame will be sent When the FINS response frame is received the FINS header will be automatically removed and the response data from the command code onwards will be stored as specified in the words specified with operand D When a FINS command is sent by Host Link communications the header is attached before the FINS frame and the FCS and terminator are attached after it 3 3 1 FINS Command Frame Configuration elel TPT TE bad P4 Es E Bs B E ER Ei ale Bi Command Ted Text FINS header automatically attached for CMND 490 Set in word specified for CMND 490 operand S onwards With Host Link com
298. s to Host Link FINS for sending in this operation Access from Serially Connected CX Programmer Serial to Serial Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network Serial Communications Unit Board Personal computers e g CX Optional CPU uni ud s Programmer connected seri i ally via tool bus or Host Link E Te to the PLC master can access a PLC slave that is connected mm PINS onines erminator n serially to the PLC master via i as Host Link Master Host Link CS CJ series or CVM1 CV series Tm Host Link Slave Use the following method to access the serially serial to serial connected PLC from the CX Programmer 74 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 System Configuration Example CX Programmer Ver 5 0 or later Serial Communications Board Unit with unit Ver 1 2 or later Select SCU Unit 0 to 15 in the UNIT field Set the relay PLC Select in the Change PLC Dialog Box Network type Select PLC2 Serial Gateway function port Select port 1 2 in the PORT field according to the calculated address PLC name PLC2 Select the Use SYSWAY with the port option in the Host Link SYSWAY settings PLC name PLC1 Target PLC Host Link unit number Enter the Host Link unit number in the Host Link Unit Number field for the target PLC in the Host Link SYSWAY settings 1 2 3 1 Register the PLC to be connected serially using Host Link FINS in t
299. se to calculate the following Serial Communications Unit unit number unit address for the serial port Serial Communications Unit Port 1 80 hex 4 hex X unit number 3 serial port 8C hex Send destination unit 80 hex 4 hex X Set 8C hex in the control data address unit number 3 8C Cts bits 00 to 07 send destina unit address of serial port hex or 10 unit tion unit address of CMND 490 on Serial Communications number 3 13 hex Alternatively set 13 hex in the Unit and serial port num control data C 3 bits 00 to 07 ber 1 1 hex send destination unit address and set 1 hex in C42 bits 08 to 11 serial port number CMND 490 92 Communications Frames Section 3 7 e Modbus RTU Settings Command Frame tem Setvaue Setting Tocation FINS command code Converting to 2804 hex Set 2804 hex in controller data Modbus RTU 2804 hex s of the CMND 490 instruc tion Modbus slave address e g O2 hex slave address e Modbus slave address e g O2 hex 02 hex 02 hex Set 0210 hex in controller data FUNCTION code DATAWRITE 10 10hex 8 7 Ob ne CMND G20 instruc hex i Write data register No e g frequency 0002 hex Set 0002 hex in controller data reference 0002 hex s 2 of CMND 490 Number of write data registers e g 1 0001 hex Set 0001 hex in controller data register s 3 of CMND 490 Number of attached data registers 0200 hex Set 0200 hex in controller data Note
300. set status and fatal errors SC STATUS CHANGE Changes the CPU Uni s operating mode CE ERROR READ Reads the CPU Unit s error information i e all fatal or non fatal errors currently in effect Forced set reset m FORCED SET Forcibly sets one designated bit FORCEDRESET RESET FORCED RESET _ Forciblyresets one designated bit si resets one designated Forcibly resets one designated bit m MULTIPLE FORCED SET RESET Forcibly sets resets cancels multiple designated bits KC FORCED SET RESET CANCEL Cancels all forced set reset status PLC model code PLC MODEL READ Reads the model code of the CPU Unit reading Testing TS TEST Returns just as it is a single block that was sent from the host computer Program area PROGRAM READ Reads in one batch the contents of the CPU Unit s accessing user program at the machine language object level WP PROGRAM WHITE Writes into the CPU Unit s user program area the machine language object sent from the host com puter I O table creation I O TABLE CREATE Creates an I O table with the contents of the actual I O configuration I O memory area REGISTER I O MEMORY Registers the I O memory words or bits that are to registration and be read reading READ I O MEMORY Reads the registered I O memory words bits all at once Host Link commu XZ ABORT command only Aborts the operation being performed by a Host Link nications command and then returns to the initial
301. ss the source node address and other FINS command for mat data 44 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Response Frame The CS CJ CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller that receives the command will return the following response frame to the host computer Note A FINS response frame also consists of the contents set at the time of trans mission and the FINS command response format data 3 5 3 Sending Commands from the Computer to the CPU Unit Command Format from Host Computer Use the following command format to send FINS commands from the host computer to the CPU Unit Note The length of the command must be not more than 1 114 characters FINS commands cannot be partitioned into separate frames for sending Sending Commands to a CPU Unit Directly Connected to the Host Computer Note The following format is also applicable for a host computer connected to a Serial Communications Board or a Serial Communications Unit Header Unit No bode un wait time FINS command code Text FCS Terminator 1 080 characters 540 bytes max Sending Commands to a CPU Unit on a Network Note The following format can also be used to send FINS commands to a CPU Unit connected to the host computer pec A 4 Ne WY WY EY NY Head Unit No Header 4 onse ICF RSV GCT DNA DA1 wait time DA2 SID FINS command code Text 1 080 characters Ta m uw mr Host Link Settings e The symbol must be
302. ssages Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No OK OK OK RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OK OK 21 01 Command Error reset code FAL No 21 01 Command End code code Error code to reset command The code of the error to be reset The following codes can be used regardless of the operating mode of the CPU Unit Error code hex All errors cleared Resets the all errors that are currently recorded This code can be used in PROGRAM mode only 00AO0 to 00A1 SYSMAC BUS error 00D1 to OOD2 Option Board error I O verification error e When the registered I O tables differs from the actual I O tables e When an I O Unit has been added or removed Flash memory error Battery error 0200 to O20F CPU Bus Unit error The rightmost two digits are the unit number in binary of the Unit that has the error e When a error occurs during data transfer between the CPU Bus Unit and CPU Unit e When the CPU Bus Unit has a watchdog timer error Non fatal Inner Board error Oo O 1O 0O 0 0 0 0 TI TI Oo O O O O0 0 0 0 7 TI T TI m OO O CO CO OC T Tl N N UU oi oi m Ti e NO TI O FINS Commands Section 5 3 0300 to O35F Special I O Unit error The rightmost two digits are the unit number in binary of the Unit that has the error 0400 to O40F CPU Bus U
303. st frame End code Hex Frame length error Not executable due to CPU Unit CPU error 4 3 32 PROGRAM READ RP Heads the contents of the CPU Unit users program area in machine lan guage The contents are read as a block from the beginning to the end Command Format x10 x100 R P x E N PX Unit No BCD Header FCS Terminator code Response Format Q x10 x10 R P x16 x16 x E o N N N Unit No BCD Header End code Complete program FCS Terminator code Limitations The command cannot be executed if the UM Area is read protected Data is read from the beginning of the UM Area to the maximum limit of the program area 142 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 The response s first frame will contain 30 words of program data The second and later frames will contain 31 words except for the last frame which will contain up to 31 words The INITIALIZE and ABORT commands can be sent instead of the delimiter for multiple responses for this command If other commands are sent they will be treated as delimiters Execution Conditions Commands Responses Premo umaa Singe Multiple Single Multiple RUN MON PROG Write protected Read protected OK No OK x OK OK x OK _ No End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect 00 Nomacombelon OOO
304. stination node unit number for Host Link of Link 1 address of control data C 3 in PLC connected to target Therefore set 1 1 the CMND 490 instruction serial port 1 2 Send destination unit CPU Unit 00 hex e Set 00 hex in bits OO to 07 of address control data C 3 in the unit address of remote unit CMND 490 instruction on PLC connected to target serial port Serial Communications Unit Use the following equation to unit number calculate the unit address of the serial port 81 hex 4 hex X unit number 6 99 hex 153 decimal Use CX Net to set the local net work tables in the routing tables Network address Serial Communications Unit a E d pon s nications Unit s work address serial port serial port unit decimal address 153 decimal e Host Link FINS Settings Command Frame Mem Setting Setting location FINS command code e g change 0402 hex Set in 0402 hex of control operating mode stop operation data S for CMND 490 instruction FINS command parameter e g FFFF hex Setin FFFF hex of control always FFFF hex to change operating data s 1 for CMND 490 mode instruction Hesponse Frame Setting Setting location FINS command code E g change 0402 hex Stored in D of CMND 490 instruction operating mode stop operation FINS command end code normal end 0000 hex Stored in D 1 of CMND 490 0000 hex instruction ICMND S D C 95 Communications Frames Sect
305. t The CX Net in the CX Programmer is used to set the relationship between the serial port s unit address and the allocated network address in the local net work tables of the routing tables These settings are then transferred to the CPU Unit to which the Serial Communications Unit Board is mounted CX Net in CX Programmer Serial Communications Unit Board Unit address U 80 hex 81 hex unit number x 4 hex CS CJ Series CPU Unit CPU Unit Ln Serial communications path Local network table in routing tables address n Set the unit address U as a decimal for the unit number Network address n Peripheral port RS 232C port Serial communications port on Unit address CPU Unit Peripheral port FD hex 253 decimal RS 232C port FC hex 252 decimal Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 CP series CPU Unit CP series CPU Unit Serial port 1 Serial port 2 Serial communications port on Unit address Option Board of CPU Unit Serial port 1 FD hex 253 decimal Serial port 2 FC hex 252 decimal NSJ Controller NSJ Controller Serial port C on Controller Section Serial communication port on Unit address NSJ Controller Serial port C FC hex 252 decimal Serial Communications Unit Board e Serial Port 1 Unit Addresses Fu amp mme o 3 z s 4 s s 7 s s 4 T8 Te 9 e pon Hexadecimal ao e4 ss ec 0 Toa se sc o as ac 8o Tea ee BC es e Serial Port 2 Un
306. t Parameters PLC Setup Area 0000 to O1FF 512 words Section 5 3 Command End code No of items code Parameter code command Specify the transfer compare method as follows 0000 hex Data transfer from the parameter area to the file memory 0001 hex Data transfer from the file memory to the parameter area 0002 hex Data compared Parameter area code command Specify the parameter area to be used for data transfer or comparison The rightmost byte is always 80 hex and the parameter area is specified with the leftmost byte Beginning address command Specify the position in the parameter area for beginning the transfer or com parison The beginning of each parameter area is always 0000 Parameter Areas There are six parameter areas each of which has consecutive word addresses beginning from 0000 The areas that can be written to are shown below along with their parameter area codes Parameter Address range Parameter Address range area code Hex area code Hex I O Table Registration Area 0000 to O4FF 1 280 words 8000 0000 to 1F3F 8000 words CPU Bus Unit Setup Area 0000 to 143F 5184 words Number of items command and response In the command format the number of items is always FFFF hex so that the entire parameter area is specified In the response format the number of words transferred is indicated when data is transferred When data is com pared the response f
307. t communications partner PLC that is the Host Link slave Therefore the node to which the Board Unit is mounted cannot always be specified depending on the FINS remote node address To specify the Unit at the target requires the FINS remote unit address Therefore the serial port cannot always be specified depending on the FINS unit address The network address for the serial communications path is used to specify from the network the node to which the Board Unit is mounted and the serial port Therefore routing tables must be used to enable the serial communica tions path to be treated as a network Host Link FINS Protocol Conversion and Use of Serial Connection Routing tables are not required to enable serial communications paths to be treated as networks The serial port in the node can be specified without rout ing tables by specifying the network address as the unit address of the serial port 3 7 Communications Frames 3 7 1 CompoWay F Command Frame Frame before Conversion FINSheader header FINS command command Remote Remote a a CompoWay F node unit See note address address DA1 DA2 Node No Command Text i x 101 g MRC SRC ASCII code x 102 00 ASCII code ASCII code 4 bytes Serial port allocated address or local or local network network address node address STX 02 hex ASCII code 2 bytes 86 Sub Command Text ETX address o MRC SRC ASCII code
308. t nent except Component F assigned to the communications in address of the serial PLC serial port accord local PLC port ing to the routing tables Modbus Modbus Not created Network address for Node address for RTU Slave RTU specifying the specifying the including actual remote PLC actual remote PLC OMRON Inverter Modbus Modbus ASCII Slave ASCII Note To access from a CX Programmer Select Change PLC Serial Gateway Guide and enter the actual Host Link unit number The CX Programmer will automatically increment the value by one 3 6 8 Using a PLC as the Target Network to Serial Conversion Routing tables are required to enable the serial communications path to be treated as a network 79 Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 Required Routing Tables Specify the addresses as shown in the following example Address Specification Address Contents Example wem m Remote network address ee path A 2 Unit No for Host Link 3 Actual remote unit address for Remote unit address En command CPU Unit 00 hex FINS network Serial Communications Unit Board E g Unit number O port 1 PLC Routing tables for treating serial communications path as a network Unit number address FINS Commu nications Unit CPU Unit 80 hex 128 decimal A Calculated from unit number O port 1 Serial communications E Host Link FINS 1 Network address To serial communications path net
309. t all the mounting screws terminal screws and cable connec tor screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction Leave the label attached to the Unit when wiring Removing the label may result in malfunction if foreign matter enters the Unit Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dis sipation Leaving the label attached may result in malfunction Use crimp terminals for wiring Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals Connection of bare stranded wires may result in burning Follow the instructions in this manual to correctly perform wiring Double check all wiring and switch settings before turning ON the power supply Incorrect wiring may result in burning Mount terminal blocks and connectors only after checking the mounting location carefully Be sure that the terminal blocks connectors Memory Cards Option Boards expansion cables and other items with locking devices are prop erly locked into place Improper locking may result in malfunction Check switch settings the contents of the DM Area and other prepara tions before starting operation Starting operation without the proper set tings or data may result in an unexpected operation Check the user program for proper execution before actually running it on the Unit Not checking the program may result in an unexpected opera tion After replacin
310. t at the receiving end 28 05 CONVERT TO MODBUS ASCII COM Encapsulates a Modbus ASCII com MAND mand in a FINS command and sends it to a serial port The Modbus ASCII command is extracted and sent through the serial port at the receiving end Any Any CONVERT TO HOST LINK FINS COM Sends any FINS command to a PLC MAND See note 2 connected to the serial port of a Serial Communications Board or Unit Ver 1 2 or later only 151 Command Lists 152 Note 1 Section 5 1 These commands will not be accepted and an end code of 2102 hex can not write due to protection will be returned if the Write Protection from FINS Commands Sent to CPU Units via Networks option is selected in the PLC Setup for a CS CJ series CPU Unit with unit version 2 0 or later CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller The Serial Gateway function can be used with Host Link FINS commands only under the following conditions For more details refer to 3 5 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol and the CS CJ Series Serial Communications Boards and Serial Communica tions Units Operation Manual W336 E1 05 Connecting to the Destination PLC Connect the destination PLC to the serial port of a Serial Communications Unit or Board Ver 1 2 or later as a Host Link Slave and use the serial gateway mode or protocol macro mode communications Specifying the Destination PLC s FINS Address Destination Network Address DNA e When a routing
311. t begins with 5C hex and the drive name and colon are not required is used to delimit the lower directory It is not required at the end of the final absolute path No set ting is required to specify the root directory itself Number of files response Indicates the number of files actually deleted End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes The specified files will be deleted in sequence If non existing file names have been specified the PLC will ignore them and the operation will continue 5 3 37 FILE COPY 22 07 Execution Conditions 218 Copies a file from one file memory to another file memory connected to the same CPU Unit Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection No ox 9 1 Ne RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode FINS Commands Section 5 3 Command Format DEM Mu 7 E ITE 22 07 12 bytes 12 bytes MM EN I E eed Command Disk No File name Disk No File name Directory Copy Source Directory Copy destination code rom Destination length a oA length Res a Response Format 22 07 Command End code code Parameters Disk number command The classification of the copy source and copy destination file memory is specified as follows 8000 hex Memory card 8001 hex EM file memory File name
312. tails X TUUS No pomi code Response wait time DA2 SNA SA1 SA2 SID Command code Memory area N aaam Beginning Number of write Write data FCS Terminator write address elements 1 068 char acters max Control Words Control data must be set before SEND 090 is executed The control data is written in the following format starting from the first control word Word Bits 00 to 07 Bits 08 to 15 Number of send words Destination network address Bits 08 to 10 Serial port number a Destination unit address Destination node address Bits 00 to 03 No of retries Bits 08 to 10 Comm port number Bit 15 Response setting C 4 Response monitor time unit 0 1 s Number of Send Words Set the total number of words of data to be transferred to the host comput er FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Serial Port Number Set the serial port number to which the host computer is connected Destination Network Address Set the network address of the destination node Set OO to send commu nications within the local network Destination Node Address Set the node address of the destination node Set 00 when transmitting within the local PLC Destination Unit Address Set the unit address of the Unit to which the host computer is connected Response Setting Normally this bit is set to O to require a response When a response is not required set this bit to 1 Communication
313. ted 15 2 4 2 C series Host Link Units with 1 1 Host Link Format Selected 20 2 4 3 C mode Command Support 0 0 eee 22 C mode Commands Section 2 1 2 1 C mode Commands LJ Note Note C mode Host Link commands form a command response system for serial communications Host Link Mode to perform various control operations between a CPU Unit and a host computer directly connected to it These operations include reading from and writing to I O memory changing operat ing modes executing forced set and forced reset operations and so on LJ EN C mode command 1 There are two Host Link formats the 1 N Host Link with N 1 and the 1 1 Host Link e The 1 1 Host Link is the earlier Host Link format supported by C series PLCs such as the C200H C1000H and C2000H e The built in peripheral and RS 232C ports of CS CJ series CPU Units built in serial ports of N type CP1E CPU Units serial port C on NSJ Controllers and serial ports 1 and 2 on the Option Board for CP series CPU Units support only the 1 N Host Link format When a Serial Com munications Board or Unit version 1 2 or later is being used a 1 1 Host Link program created for a C series PLC C200H C1000H C2000H can be reused by selecting the Host Link 1 1 format In this manual the term Host Link generally indicates the 1 N Host Link 2 Unlike FINS commands C mode commands can only be addressed to a CPU Unit and they cannot b
314. ting Command Parameters 0 0 cc es 163 5 5 FINS C onmmimand Si citri ode Re add bees Batt oe eda Pha d waves ia wa eee bees 170 INGO 64 6 660815 546s 655 5 3 3 9 25 9 9 9 ee ae OF Revision History 253 52 ee RARE e yw ue sees 24 vii About this Manual This manual describes the C series Host Link and FINS communications commands used with CS CJ series and CP series Programmable Controllers PLCs and NSJ Controllers and includes the sections described below Please read this manual and all related manuals listed in the following table and be sure you under stand information provided before attempting to design or implement communications for CS CJ series or CP series Programmable Controllers PLCs or NSJ Controllers Nam CaNo Gomets SYSMAC CS CJ CP NSJ Series CS1G H CPUL IL I EV1 CS1G H CPUL Il JH CS1D CPULIL IH CS1D CPUL IL IS CJ1H CPUL I H R CJ1G CPUL II J CJ1M CPULILI CJ1G CPUL IL P CJ1G H CPUL IL H CJU2H CPU6L_I EIP CJ2H CPUG I CJ2M CPUL I CS1W SCUL I V1 CS1W SCBL IL I V1 CJ1W SCUL I V1 CP1H XLIL ILL L CPAH XAL IL JL TL E CP1H YLIL ILLI L CP1L M LLIL TL L CP1E ELILIDUT I CP1E NLILIDU HL NSJL HL IL IE IL B G5D NSJLI LIL TE T B MSD Communications Commands Reference Manual SYSMAC CS CJ NSJ Series CS1G H CPUL IL I EV1 CS1G H CPULILJH CS1D CPULIL IH CS1D CPULILIS CU2H CPU6LI EIP CJ2H CPUG CJ2M CPUL I CJ1H CPUL IL I
315. ting table is not created to treat the serial communications path as a network this is the actual node address used to specify the destination PLC the Host Link unit number 1 for serial serial serial conversion e Destination Unit Address DA2 This is the serial port s unit address Settings for a Serial Communications Board or Unit e Unit addresses for serial port 1 Unitnumber o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B Cj DJ E F Boara Hexadecimal so 9 ee sc oo ea ss ac o aa s Ac 8o o BC ea e Unit addresses for serial port 2 1 2 ERE EEA EERE e o E J Unit number 0 Hexadecimal si 5s eo ep Jor ss Too o ar As we AD 8T 8s eo Ten ES e Sending CompoWay F Commands with the CMND Instruction e Set FINS command code 2803 hex CONVERT TO COMPOWAY F in S e Set the following parameters starting at S 1 in ASCII with the leftmost byte first CompoWay F node number 2 byte ASCII subaddress 2 byte ASCII SID 2 byte ASCII CompoWay F command MRC 2 byte ASCII CompoWay F command SRC 2 byte ASCII and text ASCII 2 x n bytes 232 FINS Commands Section 5 3 Note For CompoWay F set SID O 1 byte ASCII 30 hex in the leftmost byte of S 3 and the most significant digit of the CompoWay F com mand code s MRC 1 byte ASCII in the rightmost byte of S 3 Set the least significant digit of the CompoWay F command code s MRC 1 byte ASCII in the leftmost byte of
316. tion Word Serer ter 1 ter 2 ter 3 ter 4 co e o ema 00016143 ows ir R e GP 000100199 oot 15 w W R P e 0001051 001015 Pm je se lem Timer e 0000 to 2047 Always 00 p e e eem 00 Note SP represents a space 20 Hex Response Format x10 x 100 K S x16 x16 Unit No BCD Mou End code FCS Terminator Execution Conditions Commands Responses Pemo maa Sing MWulipie single Mutiple RUN MON PROG Writerprotected Readprotectod mno ox No No OK OK OK End Codes An end code of 14 format error will be returned if the length of the command is incorrect or if the bit is designated as other than 00 by the TIM CNT desig nation An end code of 15 entry number data error will be returned if the area classi fication word address or bit parameter setting is out of range including hexa decimal data 00 Nomdcowhon 137 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 27 FORCED RESET KR Force resets the operating status of operands Only one bit at a time can be force set Command Format x10 x100 K R OP1 OP2 OP3 OP4 x10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 109 x d IX Unit No BCD Med Area classification Word address Bit FCS Terminator coae Classifica Area classification Word tion Charac Charac Charac Charac
317. tions Unit set 00 to indicate the CPU Unit ASCII 30 30 SID Source ID The SID is used as a counter when resending It should normally be set to 00 ASCII 30 30 Command Code Text Set the command code and text according to the FINS command and response formats FCS Frame Check Sequence Set a 2 character FCS Refer to FCS Calculations under 2 2 Command Response Formats for the FCS calculation method Terminator The terminator is a required delimiter at the end of a command Set the termi nator to CR ASCII 2A OD Response Format from a CPU Unit The following response format is used to return responses from the CPU Unit to the host computer Note The length of the response must be not more than 1 115 characters Of this the response data without the response code is 1 076 characters 538 bytes Responses from a CPU Unit Directly Connected to the Host Computer Nett NY NO Ny L Unit No Header CO FINS command code FINS response code Data FCS Terminator 1 076 characters 538 bytes Responses from a CPU Unit on a Network NL i SN NY NY panned No Header code DA2 SNA SA1 SA2 SID FINS command code FINS response code Data FCS Terminator 1 076 characters 538 bytes 47 FINS Commands with Host Link Protocol Section 3 5 Host Link Settings The symbol must be attached to the beginning of the response Unit Number and Header Code The same unit number and
318. tory or reads the average maximum and minimum cycle time Execution Conditions Access right at UM read DIP switch UM Network write other device protection write protection protection RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode OK OK N O Command Format 06 20 Command code Parameter Response Format The response format is as follows when the parameter is 00 hex 06 20 Command End code code 195 FINS Commands Section 5 3 The response format is as follows when the parameter is 01 hex read 06 20 el End code Average cycle time Max cycle time Min cycle time code Parameters Parameter code command Specify the operations for this command as follows 00 hex Initializes the cycle time 01 hex Reads the average maximum and minimum cycle time Average cycle time response The CPU Unit continuously calculates the cycle time and remembers the pre vious eight cycle times The average cycle times is the average of these eight cycle times expressed as four bytes of binary data in 0 1 ms incre ments The average cycle time is obtained as follows Average cycle time Sum of 8 previous cycle times 8 In the following example the average cycle time is 65 0 ms 00 00 02 8A Maximum cycle time The maximum cycle time is the maximum value of the cycle time measured after the cycle time initialize request
319. treated as a network are optional Without Routing Tables Specify the addresses as shown in the following example Serial communications path Host Link FINS Address for standard direct serial connection 1 Network address Direct serial connection To 00 hex 2 Node address Local PLC internal communications To 00 hex With Routing Tables 3 Unit address To serial port unit address e g 80 hex Address Specification Address Remote network address ontents Address for standard direct serial Local PLC in connection gtnal commu Serial port unit address Example 00 hex See note 00 hex 80 hex 128 decimal Calculated from unit number O port 1 Note Serial port unit address e g 80 hex can be set irect serial con nection See Remote node address Remote unit address Serial Communications Unit Board E g Unit number O port 1 PLC No routing tables required to treat serial communications path as a network CPU Unit Serial communications path CompoWay F Modbus Target OMRON Component or Modbus Slave Specify the addresses as shown in the following example Serial communications path Host Link FINS 82 2 Unit address To serial port unit address e g 80 hex 15 i Networ nit number 2 a E 80 hex 128 decimal A Calculated from Unit No 0 port 1 Address Specification Contents Address o
320. ts O to 7 2nd byte Bits O to 14 Current bank number Bits 8 to 15 1st byte Designating Command Parameters Section 5 2 5 2 2 I O Memory Address Designations Data type Length Memory Memory area Memory Memory Memory area Memory P amp ele address address address address ment CIO CIO Bit 30 CIO 000000 000000 to CIO 000000 000000 to Area to 17FFOF to O9FBOF CIO 614315 CIO 255515 Work WR 31 WO00000 to 000000 to Area W51115 01FFOF Holding HR 32 HO0000 to 000000 to Bit Area H51115 01FFOF Auxiliary AR A00000 to 000000 to AO00000 to OBOOO00 to Bit Area A44715 read 01BFOF only A44800 to 01C000 to A95915 read OSBFOF write 33 A44715 read OCBFOF only CIO CIO Bit with 70 CIO 000000 000000 to Area forced sta to 17FFOF tus CIO 614315 Work WR 71 WO0000 to 000000 to Area W51115 01FFOF Holding HR 72 HOOO000 to 000000 to Bit Area H51115 01FFOF CIO CIO Word CIO 0000 to 000000 to Area CIO 6143 17FFOO Work WR B1 WOOO0 to 000000 to Area W511 01FF00 Holding HR B2 HOOO to H511 000000 to Bit Area 01FF00 Auxiliary AR B3 A000 to A447 000000 to Bit Area read only 01BF00 FO A448 to A959 01C000 to read write 03BF00 CIO CIO Word with Area forced sta tus Work WR Area Holding HR Bit Area Timer Area Counter CNT Area A44800 to OCCO000 to A95915 read OEBFOF write CIO 000000 000000 to 1 to O9FBOF CIO 255515 1 40 CIO 0000 to 000000 to CIO
321. urned if there are no banks and file memory access is not possible An end code of A5 will be returned instead of 15 for non hexadecimal write data in multiple command frames o Nemacowhen SSCS 120 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 4 3 17 TIMER COUNTER SV READ 1 Rf Heads the constant SV 4 digits BCD written in the operands of designated timer counter instructions from cyclic task O If there are multiple timer counter instructions designated in cyclic task 0 TIMER COUNTER SV READ 1 will read the SV of the designated instruction with the lowest program address Command Format x10 x10 R x 103 x 10 x 10 x 100 4 i Unit No BCD Header Timer counter type Timer counter FCS Terminator code number Instruction name Timer counter type Timer counter Char Char Char Char umber BCD acter 1 acter 2 acter 3 acter 4 HIGH SPEED COUNTER T 0000 to 2047 WAIT ITIMERWAIT WAIT COUNTER WAIT a eo TOTALIZING TIMER T REVERSELECOUNTER o NT R mwR T Mm e Note SP represents a space 20 Hex Response Format x10 x109 R x16 x169 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 4 N a Unit No BCD Header Endcode SV of instruction des FCS Terminator code ignated by command constant Parameters Timer Counter Type Command Designate in ASCII characters the type of TC
322. us FFFF Forced set reset release Releases the forced status while retaining the ON OFF status I O memory area code command Specify the I O memory area of the bit or flag to be controlled Bit Flag command Specify the bit or flag to be controlled The memory areas in which bits flags can be controller are given in the following table Refer to 5 2 2 I O Memory Adaress Designations for the specific addresses that can be used Data type CS CJ mode CV mode Bytes per memory area memory area element code 2 code o CIO Area B Work Area Holding Bit Area Eis 2 a End code response Refer to 5 7 3 End Codes for information on end codes Comments To force set reset multiple bits flags specify the set reset designation the I O memory area code and the bit flag parameters for the number of bits flags set in the number of bits flags parameter Note If forced set reset OFF release 8000 or forced set reset ON release 8001 is exceeded for a bit flag that does not have forced status only the bit flag s ON OFF status will be affected 229 FINS Commands Section 5 3 5 3 45 FORCED SET RESET CANCEL 23 02 Cancels all bits flags that have been forced ON or forced OFF Access right at UM read DIP switch UM write Network write other device protection protection protection oc 9o 9o N Execution Conditions RUN mode MONITOR mode PROGRAM mode No O OK
323. using CX Programmer Correct the command data and transfer the command again Note Occurs only for a Serial Communications Unit Board A response will not be received with some errors regardless of the command These errors are listed in the following table PPL operation PPL operation A command is received with eight bytes or less The initial command 4 bytes executes the initial processing Other from the to the delimiter commands are discarded Parity overrun or framing error during com The Communications Error Flag will be turned ON an error code will be mand reception Same even for commands registered and receptions will be reset The error will be cleared auto address to other Units matically if communications restart normally A command is received that does not have the The command is discarded Q character at the beginning of the first frame Incorrect node number Not a local unit BCD The command is discarded or over 31 An LF code is received after the delimiter The LF code is discarded 104 C mode Command Details Section 4 3 Command End Code Table The following table shows which end codes can be returned for each C mode command S End sodes 2 5 m 8 uw 8 E LEN 13 14 15 18 13 14 15 18 21 M E 13 14 15 18 21 Sa E 13 14 15 18 21 M RJ O00 13 14 15 18 21 DEREN RE oo 13 14 15 18 21 EE WR oo 01 13 14 1
324. viation systems medical equipment amusement machines vehicles safety equipment and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations e Systems machines and equipment that could present a risk to life or property Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM PROGHAMMABLE PRODUCTS OMRON shall not be responsible for the user s programming of a programmable product or any consequence thereof xiii Disclaimers CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed or when significant construction changes are made However some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice When in doubt special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufactur
325. w Section 3 6 Access from CPU Unit PLC on the Network FINS message to Serial Routing tables to treat serial communications path as network OMRON components connected serially Optional to the Serial Communications Board Unit ui using CompoWay F can be accessed from Se conset a CPU Unit in a PLC connected to the net Work Network Ethernet Controller Link DeviceNet RS 485 CompoWay F CompoWay F compatible OMRON component Executing Smart Active Parts Using an NS series PT Sending Internal FINS Messages The Board Unit converts the FINS messages to CompoWay F protocol for sending in this operation Access via serial communications using Optional CompoWay F is possible from a PT con nected to the network by executing a Smart Active Part that is connected seri ally which automatically sends an internal FINS command Smart Active Part FINS message tule internally CompoWay F compatible OMRON component Note When the NS series PT is con nected serially to the PLC using serial communications mode 1 N NT Links and the NS series PT sends FINS com mands encapsulated in NT Link commands using Smart Active Parts the CPU Unit removes the NT Link header etc from the received command converting it to a FINS command and trans fers the command to the Serial Communications Board Unit The Serial Communications
326. with the Check the destination unit address ing control data specified unit address 03 Third node Instruction The third node does not exist Check the unit address of the third missing control data node Check the node address of the third node in the send data for CMND 490 Broadcasting was specified Specify only one node for the third node The destination node is busy Increase the number of retries or review the system so that the destination node does not receive So many messages The message was destroyed Increase the number of retries or by noise test communications between nodes to see if there is too much noise Instruction The response monitor time is Increase the length of the response control data too short monitor time Error history The send receive frame was Take appropriate measures based discarded on the error history 03 Controller 01 Communi Unit Board An error occurred in the Take appropriate measures based error cations control indicators communications controller on the operation manuals for the ler error related Units Boards 02 CPU Unit CPU Unit A CPU error occurred in the Clear the error from the CPU Unit error indicators at destination CPU Unit based on its operation manuals destination node 03 Controller Board indicators error 04 Destination node busy 05 Response timeout A response was not returned Check network communications because
327. with the following commands the number of data words in each response frame is different for a C series Host Link Unit compared to the built in peripheral and RS 232C ports on CS CJ series CPU Units serial port C on NSJ Controllers built in serial ports of N type CP1E CPU Units and serial ports 1 and 2 on the Option Board for CP series CPU Units With a C series Host Link Unit the first frame can contain up to 29 words of data text and the following frames can contain up to 30 words of data text With the built in peripheral and RS 232C ports on CS CJ series CPU Units serial port C on NSJ Controllers built in serial ports of N type CP1E CPU Units and serial ports 1 and 2 on the Option Board for CP series CPU Units the first frame can contain up to 30 words of data text and the following frames can contain up to 31 words of data text Headercode Name CIO AREA READ LR AREA READ HR AREA READ TIMER COUNTER PV READ Note The number of data words per response frame is different for the RG command than for the other C mode commands For details see the table Words per Frame for C mode RG Command below RD DMAREAREAD RJ AR AREA READ Because the Units do not have the same number of words per response frame the data may not be read properly if a host computer program originally used with a C series Host Link Unit is reused with a CS series CPU Unit CJ series CPU Unit CP series CPU Unit or NSJ Controller In this case
328. word address FCS Terminator Instruction name Timer counter type Timer counter Char Char Char Char number acter 1 acter 2 acter 3 acter 4 HIGH SPEED TIMER 0000 to 2047 WAIT ITIMERWAIT ss WAIT SS WAIT a TOTALZINGTIMER T 7 M REVERSIBLE COUNTER e N m R SP 128 C mode Command Details Response Format Parameters Limitations Section 4 3 Note SP represents a space 20 Hex Note Classification SV or word Charac Charac Charac Charac address aco Cosa e o N e 93010995 co c o e osas A A R88 GP 0010955 Hn H R GP GP 900 Ws w GP GP 0X6 me r M 86k 0000 0 2047 Counter 6 N t GP 0000 0 2047 Du o M SP GP 000109999 Dw ares o M 8 000 909 Ew currentbank E m Ne Ne 0000109955 EM indirect current E SP 0000 to 9999 bank EMbanks0t0C E M onc GP 0000109995 EM indirec Oto E M foc x 0000109995 Daaregser D R 6em em 000100015 index register 8 GP 0000100015 SP represents a space 20 Hex x10 x 100 W x16 x169 X d e A A SaS A 00 Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Program Address Command Designate the program address in four digits decimal BCD for beginning the search for the specified timer counter instruction
329. work address A Target PLC 2 Node address Unit numbers for Host Link 0 to 31 1 L CPU Unit 3 Unit address E g 00 hex for CPU Unit Serial to Serial Conversion Without Routing Tables 80 Routing tables to enable the serial communications path to be treated as a network are optional Specify the addresses as shown in the following example Address Specification Address Contents Example l Remote network 1 Serial communica 80 hex 128 decimal address tions path unit address Calculated from Unit No 0 port 1 S1 CPU Unit 00 hex 2 Unit No for Host Link incremented by 1 3 Actual remote unit ad dress for FINS command Remote node address Remote unit address Serial communications path Host Link FINS Serial Communications Unit Board E g Unit number O port 1 PLC No routing tables required to treat serial communications path as a network CPU Unit Serial communications 1 Network address path Host Link FINS To serial communications path unit address e g 80 hex Target PLC 2 2 Node address Unit numbers for Host Link 0 to 31 1 CPU Unit 3 Unit address E g 00 hex for CPU Unit Serial Gateway Overview Section 3 6 With Routing Tables Specify the addresses as shown in the following example Address Specification Address Contents Example 1 Serial communications path unit address A R
330. x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 4 X yn Unit No BCD Header Timer counter type Timer counter SV 0000 to 9999 BCD FCS Terminator code number Instruction name Timer counter type Timer counter Char Char Char Char number BCD acter 1 acter 2 acter 3 acter 4 HIGH SPEED TIMER T H W 0000 to 2047 WAIT mweRWAT k m w mo o T wo COUNTER NE NN Mo Ro Note SP represents a space 20 Hex Response Format x10 x 100 W x16 x 16 A NM SEES WEE FN Unit No BCD Header End code FCS Terminator code Parameters Timer Counter Type Command Designate the timer counter instruction type for changing the constant SV Timer Counter Number Command Designate in four digits BCD the timer counter instruction number for chang ing the constant SV Index register designation is not possible New Constant SV Command Designate the new constant SV in four digits hexadecimal Limitations Timers T2048 to T4095 and counters C2048 to C4095 cannot be read The command cannot be executed unless the SV is a constant If there are multiple relevant instructions in cyclic task 0 a search will be con ducted from program address O and the first instruction found will be read The SV can be changed only in cyclic task O If the SV is a DM or EM indirect address only indirect BCD designations will be read and an end code of 16 command not supported will

SYSMAC CS/CJ/CP Series SYSMAC One NSJ Series

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents